Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / Teladoc Health, Inc.

Teladoc Health, Inc.

tdoc · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker tdoc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 4620
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Teladoc Health, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Teladoc.com/investors
teladoc@westwicke.com
(443) 213-0500

NYSE: TDOC

#WellWithinReach

C EO   L e t t e r

Fellow Teladoc shareholders, 
2015  was the most eventful year in our company’s history. On July 1st, Teladoc 

listed  its  common  stock  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  and  became 

the first publicly traded telehealth company.  In October, we completed our one-millionth 

telehealth  visit,  a  major  industry  milestone  that  underscores  the  growing  adoption  of 

telehealth.  Everything we accomplished during 2015 and will seek to accomplish in 2016 and 

beyond is in pursuit of our single guiding principle: to revolutionize access to healthcare.

During 2015, we made significant advances on the innovation front, expanding the scope 

and depth of our offerings with the addition of behavioral health, dermatology, sexual health 

and  smoking  cessation  to  our  core  service.    We  also  bolstered  our  product  portfolio  with 

two  acquisitions  that  invigorated  our  push  into  the  health  system  market  and  generated 

significant traction in the direct-to-consumer markets.

Across the entire year, we exemplified leadership by advocating nationally for good public 

policy that expands access to affordable, quality care.  We expanded our provider network 

to  more  than  3,100  board-certified  physicians  and  behavioral  health  professionals,  and 

consolidated our member services operations in a state-of-the-art facility in the Dallas area.  

The result: during peak volume windows, we delivered more than one telehealth visit every 

ten seconds while maintaining our exceptional patient-satisfaction and resolution scores.  

All these things occurred while our year-over-year financial growth continued apace:  93% 

increase in number of telehealth visits; 78% increase in revenue; and 51% increase in unique 

members.  Importantly, organic growth contributed over 90% of our 2015 revenue.  And we 

are  only  scratching  the  surface  of  the  opportunity  in  front  of  us.  We  believe  that  our  $29 

billion annual addressable market remains less than 0.5% penetrated. 

Last year represented our best selling season ever.  As I write this, we have over 6,000 clients, 

including over 200 of the Fortune 1000, and 26 health plan partners.  We added thousands 

of corporate clients.  In addition to our strong showing in the employer space, we continue 

to  have  great  success  in  the  health  plan  market.    For  example,  on  January  1,  2016,  we 

launched with multiple BlueCross BlueShield plans and we also continue our aggressive roll 

out into new fully insured markets across all market segments.  In the hospital segment, we 

partnered with East Jefferson in Louisiana, Meridian Health and Virtua Health in New Jersey, 

Driscoll Health in Texas, Wake Forest Baptist in North Carolina and we have been selected 

by Northwestern in Chicago.  I am remarkably proud of our team for their success across all 

markets in 2015.

Overall,  the  utilization  rate  for  our  entire  business  increased  at  a  40%  compound  annual 

growth rate over period from 2013 through 2015. The fourth quarter of 2015 marked the 

twelfth consecutive quarter in which the number of telehealth visits increased faster than 

our  member  base,  which  is  exactly  the  dynamic  we  want  to  see  as  it  reflects  a  trend  of 

rapidly increasing adoption.  At the core of these utilization trends are our highly successful 

engagement campaigns.  In November alone, we sent communications to over five million 

members, and we saw the highest yield of any campaign to date. 

Our access fee (PMPM) model is an essential component of driving savings and expanding 

access to care.  In 2015, we experienced increases in our average PMPM, both sequentially and 

year-over-year, further supporting the importance of this critical investment made by our 

clients.  Over the course of 2015, we saved our clients (and the healthcare system generally) 

nearly  $388  million  by  providing  approximately  576,000  high-quality,  on-demand  and 

affordable telehealth visits with a median response time from member request to initiation 

of under 7 minutes.  These savings directly translated into a 5:1 return on investment for 

our clients. 

We will continue aggressively pursuing the opportunity ahead of us in 2016 by expanding our 

footprint, the range of specialties offered and the scope of our product portfolio.  I am very 

excited by the prospect of what lies ahead.  On behalf of our board of directors and our more 

than 600 employees, please accept my thanks and gratitude for your support of Teladoc.

Jason Gorevic
President and CEO

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 
(cid:95)  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the year ended December 31, 2015 

or 

(cid:134)  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from                        to 

Commission File Number: 001-37477 

TELADOC, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State of incorporation) 

2 Manhattanville Road, Suite 203 
Purchase, New York 
(Address of principal executive office) 

04-3705970 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

10577 
(Zip code) 

(203) 635-2002 
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   

Title of Each Class   

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
The New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  (cid:134)  No  (cid:95) 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  (cid:134)  No  (cid:95) 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required,to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days. Yes (cid:95)  No (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 

submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post 
such files). Yes  (cid:95)  No  (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference into Part III of this 
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the 

definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer 

(cid:134) 

Accelerated filer 

(cid:134) 
(cid:95) 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

(cid:134) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.) Yes  (cid:134)  No  (cid:95) 

As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $291,779,000 (based on the 

closing price of the Common Stock of $17.96 per share on that date, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. 

As of February 29, 2016, there were 38,564,807 shares of Common Stock outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 26, 

2016 are incorporated by reference in response to Part III of this Report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
                               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
THE NATION’S FIRST & LARGEST 
TELEHEALTH PLATFORM 
24/7/365 ON-DEMAND HEALTHCARE ANYTIME, ANYWHERE 
VIA MOBILE DEVICES, INTERNET, VIDEO AND PHONE 

<10 Min 

Median Physician  
Response Time 

+95% 

Average Member 
Satisfaction

1

$387million 

2

Savings

92% 

Patient Issues 
Resolved

3

6,000+ 

4
Clients

3,000+  

Physicians & 
5
Professionals

50% 

Increase to Physician 
6
Hourly Income

+90% 

7
Revenue Visibility

548million 

Annual Addressable 
Visits

8

1 Over the last six years  
2 Savings per visit ($673) based on an independent study over a period of 24 months of a Teladoc’s Client representing over 24,000 Teladoc Members as of 12/31/2014 
3 Based on an independent study of one of Teladoc’s Clients with 150,000+ Members as of 12/31/14 
4 As of February 1, 2016 
5 Board-certified, state-licensed physicians and behavioral health professionals 
6 Based on the ability of a Teladoc physician to earn ~$150/hour which represents a 50%+ increase to the average full-time physician hourly wage 
7 Our subscription access fee revenue provides significant visibility into our future operating results. For example, our annualized January 2013 and 2014 revenue reflected approximately  
 90% of our actual and budgeted revenue for each respective full fiscal year 
8 Addressable ambulatory visits via Telehealth are 417 million based on a 2000 report from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”); includes visits in the United States per 
 year, including those at primary care offices, hospital emergency rooms, outpatient clinics and other settings and methodology described in Oliver Wyman report. Additionally, there are 
 an estimated 131 million total addressable behavioral health visits via telehealth based on the US Department of Health & Human Services Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality 
 (“AHRQ”) 2012 report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I  

  Business 

ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A.    Risk Factors 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 

  Unresolved Staff Comments 
  Properties 
  Legal Proceedings 
  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 
ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 
  Selected Financial Data 
  Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements 
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

ITEM 7. 
ITEM 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 
ITEM 9A.    Controls and Procedures 
ITEM 9B. 

  Other Information 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

PART III 

ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
ITEM 12. 
ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 
PART IV 
ITEM 15. 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
  Executive Compensation 
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures 

Index to Exhibits Statements 
Financial Statements 

Page

2
20
43
43
43
43

44
46
47
49
63
63
63
63
65

66
66
66
66
66

67
68
69
F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this Form 10-K and in any related free-writing 

Form 10-K we prepare or authorize. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to give you 
any other information and take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are 
offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are 
permitted. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document, regardless of its 
time of delivery or of any sales of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or 
cash flows may have changed since such date. 

1 

 
 
   
    
     
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Item 1. Business 

Overview 

Teladoc, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was originally formed in Texas on June 13, 2002 and 

reincorporated in Delaware on October 16, 2008. 

We are the nation’s first and largest telehealth platform, delivering on-demand healthcare anytime, anywhere, 

via mobile devices, the internet, video and phone. Our solution connects our Members, with our over 3,000 
board-certified physicians and behavioral health professionals who treat a wide range of conditions and cases from acute 
diagnoses such as upper respiratory infection, urinary tract infection and sinusitis to dermatological conditions, anxiety 
and smoking cessation. Over 13 million unique Members now benefit from access to Teladoc 24 hours a day, seven days 
a week, 365 days a year, at a cost from $40 per visit. Our solution is delivered with a median response time of less than 
ten minutes from the time a Member requests a telehealth visit to the time they speak with a Teladoc physician. We 
completed approximately 576,000 telehealth visits in 2015. Membership increased by approximately 4.1 million 
members from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2015. 

The Teladoc solution is transforming the access, cost and quality dynamics of healthcare delivery for all of our 
market participants. Our Members rely on Teladoc to remotely access affordable, on-demand healthcare whenever and 
wherever they choose. Our Clients purchase our solution to reduce their healthcare spending while at the same time 
offering convenient, affordable, high-quality healthcare to their employees or beneficiaries. Our Providers have the 
ability to generate meaningful income and deliver their services more efficiently with no administrative burden. We 
believe the value proposition of our solution is evidenced by our overall Member satisfaction rate, which has exceeded 
95% over the last seven years. We further believe any consumer, employer or health plan or healthcare professional 
interested in a better approach to healthcare is a potential Teladoc Member, Client or Provider. 

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (the “CDC”), there are approximately 1.25 billion 

ambulatory care visits in the United States per year, including those at primary care offices, hospital emergency rooms, 
outpatient clinics and other settings. We estimate that approximately 417 million, or 33%, of these visits could be treated 
through telehealth. We believe that the total addressable market for telehealth in the United States consists of the 
ambulatory care telehealth opportunity, a subset of visits currently delivered in urgent and retail care settings and care 
foregone by those currently not accessing the healthcare delivery system. 

Additionally, according to the US Department of Health & Human Services Agency for Healthcare Research 

and Quality (“AHRQ”), there are approximately 168 million behavioral health market visits in the United States per 
year, including only outpatient provider offices. We estimate that approximately 131 million, or 78%, of these visits 
could be treated through telehealth. 

The U.S. healthcare system is experiencing a growing crisis of access, cost and quality of care due to 
inefficiencies in today’s healthcare system and barriers between participants. According to the National Association of 
Community Health Centers (the “NACHC”), approximately 62 million individuals in the United States currently have no 
or inadequate access to primary care as a result of physician shortages. Additionally, according to the Department of 
Health and Human Services, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) has already expanded coverage 
to 16.4 million of the 47 million previously uninsured Americans. This number is widely expected to increase over the 
next several years due to individual and employer mandates, premium subsidies, state health insurance exchanges and 
ban on withholding coverage due to pre-existing medical conditions, increasing demand for access to primary care 
physicians. Absent convenient access to a primary care physician, individuals will most likely either not seek care at all 
or visit emergency rooms or urgent care clinics, the most expensive and often inefficient settings for their primary care 
needs. These market dynamics impact not only the consumers seeking care, but also the health plans and employers that 
ultimately bear all or a portion of these costs. According to the CDC, 79.7% of emergency room visits not resulting in a 
hospital admission were due to lack of access to an alternative provider, and a recent study published in The Journal of 
American Medical Association estimated that approximately $734 billion, or 27%, of all healthcare spending in 2011 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
was wasted due to factors such as the provision of unnecessary services, inefficient delivery of care and inflated prices. 
In particular, according to Truven Analytics, 71% of emergency room visits by patients with employer-sponsored 
insurance coverage are for causes that do not require immediate attention in the emergency room, or are preventable with 
proper outpatient care. 

Innovators in other industries have solved access, cost and quality inefficiencies through the implementation of 

technology platforms and business models that deliver products and services on-demand and create new economies by 
connecting and empowering both consumers and businesses. We have taken the same approach to solving the pervasive 
access, cost and quality challenges facing the current healthcare system. Consumers’ ability to access high-quality, 
affordable care has been limited by many factors such as physician availability, prohibitive costs, physician office hours 
and geographic locations. Likewise, burdensome administration, cancellations, unfilled appointment slots, geographic 
constraints and business hour limitations have historically impacted physician efficiency and, as a result, constrained 
physicians’ income. We have created a platform that is uniquely positioned to bridge the supply and demand gap 
between physicians and consumers by fundamentally changing the way market participants access and deliver 
healthcare—eliminating traditional barriers and inefficiencies between participants and empowering them to engage in a 
healthcare marketplace anytime, anywhere. Our platform provides our Members with access to board-certified 
physicians, comprehensive clinical programs and consumer engagement strategies in an economic model that delivers 
multiple benefits to all participants. The unique combination of these features enables us to dynamically and efficiently 
match consumer demand and physician availability in real-time. 

Our underlying technology platform is complex, deeply integrated and purpose-built over the last ten years for 

the evolving healthcare marketplace. Our platform is highly scalable and can support substantial growth in our current 
membership base. Our platform provides for broad interconnectivity between healthcare constituents and, we believe, 
uniquely positions us as a focal point in the rapidly evolving healthcare industry to introduce innovative, 
technology-based solutions, such as remote patient monitoring, post-discharge treatment plan adherence and in-home 
and chronic care. 

We currently serve over 6,000 employers, health plans, health systems and other entities. These Clients 

collectively purchase access to our solution for more than 12 million Members. We believe our B2B2C distribution 
strategy is the most efficient method by which to reach consumers and deliver telehealth to our Members. We have over 
26 health plans as Clients, including some of the largest in the United States such as Aetna, Blue Shield of California, 
Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama, and Premera Blue Shield. Health plans serve as Clients as well as distribution 
channels to self-insured employer Clients that contract with us through a health plan relationship. Our over 1,800 direct 
and ASO employer Clients include 230 Fortune 1000 companies and industry leaders such as Accenture, Bank of 
America, Pepsi and Shell. We also have a number of health system clients such as Henry Ford, Memorial Hermann and 
Mount Sinai. The remainder of our Clients are from channel partners such as brokers, resellers and consultants who sell 
into a range of small, medium and large enterprises. Over the past two years, we have more than doubled our client and 
membership bases. We believe telehealth is in the early stages of what eventually will become widespread adoption. A 
2014 Towers Watson study suggests as many as 71% of employers with more than 1,000 employees are expected to 
offer telehealth by 2017. 

We generate revenue from our Clients on a contractually recurring, per-Member-per-month, subscription access 

fee basis, which provides us with significant revenue visibility. In addition, under the majority of our Client contracts, 
we generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis, through a visit fee. Subscription access fees are paid by 
our Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents and other beneficiaries, while visit fees are paid by either Clients or 
Members. We generated $77.4 million, $43.5 million and $19.9 million in revenue in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, 
representing 78% and 119% year-over-year growth from 2014 and 2013 respectively. For the year ended December 31, 
2015, 82% and 18% of our revenue were derived from subscription access fees and visit fees, respectively. Based on an 
independent study of savings per visit over a 24 month period ended December 31, 2014, we saved our Clients 
approximately $387 million in healthcare delivery costs in 2015. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
Industry Challenges and Our Opportunity 

Barriers and inefficiencies in the current U.S. healthcare system present market participants with three major 

challenges: (i) consumers lack sufficient access to high-quality, cost-effective healthcare at appropriate sites of care, 
while bearing an increasing share of costs; (ii) employers and health plans lack an effective solution that reduces costs 
while enhancing healthcare access for beneficiaries and (iii) providers lack flexibility to increase productivity by 
delivering care on their own terms. Market participants are therefore increasingly unable to effectively and efficiently 
receive, deliver or administer healthcare. At the same time, the emergence of technology platforms solving massive 
structural challenges in other industries has highlighted the need for a similar solution in healthcare. We believe there is a 
significant opportunity to solve these challenges through a trusted solution, such as ours, that matches consumer demand 
and physician supply in real-time, while offering health plans and employers an attractive, cost-effective healthcare 
alternative for their beneficiaries. 

Growing Healthcare Access Crisis for Consumers 

Consumers in the United States are experiencing challenges in obtaining access to affordable, high-quality 

healthcare at appropriate sites of care. A 2014 NACHC report found that 62 million individuals in the United States have 
no or inadequate access to primary care as a result of local physician shortages. According to a 2014 Merritt Hawkins 
study, the average lead time to see a primary care physician across various metro areas was 19 days. We believe provider 
supply is projected to further contract, evidenced by the 2014 Survey of America’s Physicians, where 81% of physicians 
describe themselves as either over-extended or at full capacity. Additionally, according to a 2010 AAMC report, the 
healthcare system will have a shortage of approximately 131,000 physicians by 2025, including a shortage of 
approximately 52,000 primary care physicians. Given expected population growth and aging in the United States, as well 
as the projected increase in healthcare demand from PPACA implementation, the supply and demand gap for access to 
healthcare services is expected to further widen, placing additional pressure on an already overburdened healthcare 
system that lacks physician capacity and diagnoses-appropriate access points. 

This access crisis has resulted in U.S. consumers either seeking care at inappropriate, more costly settings such 

as hospital emergency rooms, or foregoing needed care entirely. According to the CDC, there are approximately 
1.25 billion ambulatory care visits in the United States per year, including those at primary care offices, hospital 
emergency rooms, outpatient clinics and other settings. We estimate that approximately 417 million, or 33%, of these 
visits could be treated through telehealth. Additionally, according to the US Department of Health & Human Services 
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (“AHRQ”), there are approximately 168 million behavioral health market 
visits in the United States per year, including only outpatient provider offices. We estimate that approximately 131 
million, or 78% of these visits could be treated through telehealth. 

Healthcare Cost Burden and Lack of Viable Options for Health Plans and Employers 

The U.S. healthcare system is burdened by significant waste and extreme variations in access, cost and quality 

of care. A recent study published in The Journal of American Medical Association estimates that approximately 
$734 billion, or 27%, of all healthcare spending in 2011 was wasted due to factors such as the provision of unnecessary 
services, inefficient delivery of care and inflated prices. When consumers are forced to seek care at inappropriate and 
more costly sites of care, those cost inefficiencies impact not only the consumer, but also the health plans and employers 
that ultimately bear all or a portion of these costs. 

The costs and associated burdens on health plans, employers and consumers are only expected to increase. CMS 

forecasted U.S. national health expenditures to reach $3.1 trillion, or approximately 18% of the U.S. GDP in 2014, and 
approximately 20% of GDP by 2022. A 2013 survey by the National Business Group on Health and Towers Watson 
indicated that employers bear on average approximately two-thirds of their employee’s healthcare costs and CMS 
forecasted U.S. employers to spend approximately $660 billion on healthcare in 2015. Despite the significant amount of 
dollars spent, U.S. healthcare outcomes remain inferior relative to those of many other countries. 

The unsustainable levels of spending on healthcare and extreme inefficiencies in the system have driven an 

increased focus by employers and health plans to control healthcare expenditures. Governments, private insurance 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
companies and self-insured employers, are implementing meaningful cost containment measures, including shifting 
financial responsibility to patients through higher co-pays and deductibles and delivering healthcare through alternative, 
more cost-effective methods. The increasing shift of financial responsibility to patients coupled with increased pricing 
transparency has, in turn, heightened beneficiary focus on healthcare alternatives. According to a 2013 survey for 
Prudential Insurance by MRops, Inc. and Oxygen Research Inc., 49% of employers are extremely or very likely to 
eventually offer only HDHPs. As consumers take responsibility for a larger share of their healthcare costs and spend 
more on healthcare services, they are also demanding higher quality care, greater control in how and where they receive 
care, increased convenience and more service for every dollar spent. 

Challenging Environment for Physicians is Constraining Supply 

Physicians face declining compensation paired with diminishing productivity due to a combination of 
reimbursement cuts and an increasing administrative burden. These factors have contributed to physician dissatisfaction 
and negatively impacted their desire to practice medicine. Medscape’s 2014 Physician Compensation Report shows that 
50% of all physicians do not feel fairly compensated and 42% would not choose medicine as their career today. 

In response to this growing dissatisfaction, physicians are reducing access to healthcare in a number of different 

ways. The 2014 Survey of America’s Physicians indicated that 44% of physicians plan to take steps to limit access to 
their practices, including cutting back on the number of patients seen, working part-time, closing their practices to new 
members, seeking non-clinical jobs or retiring. Notably, 39% of surveyed physicians indicated they plan to accelerate 
retirement given changes in the healthcare environment. A study by Physicians for a National Health Program showed 
medical billing paperwork and insurance-related red tape cost the United States economy approximately $471 billion in 
2012, 80% of which was wasted due to inefficiency. These constraints have driven physicians to seek more control over 
the way they deliver care to new and existing patients, increase their income and reduce the amount of time they spend 
on administration. 

Physicians have responded to these challenges by shifting payment models and patient mix. Medscape’s 2014 

Physician Compensation Report showed a 100% increase from 2011 to 2013 in the percent of physicians transitioning to 
cash-only models, no longer accepting insurance. A 2014 Merritt Hawkins study found that 54.3% of physicians in the 
United States’ 15 largest cities are not accepting new Medicaid patients. We believe there is a significant opportunity for 
a single source solution that addresses these physician needs. 

Opportunity to Remove Barriers Through an Innovative Platform that Benefits All Participants 

We believe we have a significant opportunity to solve access, cost and quality of care challenges through a 

platform that matches consumer demand and physician availability in real-time, while offering health plans and 
employers an attractive, cost-effective alternative for their beneficiaries through our platform. As consumerism in 
healthcare increases and consumers and providers become accustomed to on-demand services in other industries, they 
are similarly demanding technology-powered solutions for their healthcare needs. The emergence and subsequent rapid 
adoption of technologies such as big data and analytics, cloud-based solutions, online video and mobile applications 
represents an enormous opportunity for healthcare innovation. We believe the confluence of consumer empowerment, 
emergence of broad technology solutions and focus by all constituents on providing high-quality, cost-effective 
healthcare creates a unique opportunity for a disruptive platform that transforms the way consumers access, providers 
deliver and employers and health plans administer high-quality, cost-efficient healthcare. 

Our Competitive Strengths 

We believe the following are our key competitive strengths. 

Leading Solution and First-Mover Advantage 

Our solution is composed of an integrated technology platform, high-quality Provider network, sophisticated 
consumer engagement strategies and entrenched distribution channels. We have developed a strong brand, established 
strong relationships with Clients and have become a leading telehealth platform in the United States. Our history of 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
innovation and long-standing operating history provide us with a significant first-mover advantage, including what we 
believe are the following telehealth industry firsts: 

• 

Integrated Technology Platform.    We were the first to build a scalable, integrated technology platform for 
telehealth with an API and multiple real-time payor integrations. Our platform’s API powers external 
connectivity with a wide range of payors, third-party applications and other interfaces and uniquely 
positions us to be a central partner in the rapidly emerging, technology-powered healthcare industry. 

•  High Quality Provider Network.    We were the first to deliver nationwide access to board certified 

physicians 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year and establish over 100 proprietary Evidence 
Based clinical guidelines specifically designed for telehealth. In addition, we are the first and only 
telehealth company that has received certification by the NCQA, an independent, not for profit, healthcare 
oriented organization founded in 1990 dedicated to improving healthcare quality and verifying adherence to 
national standards of excellence in the provision of healthcare for our physician credentialing processes. 
We have implemented the highest credentialing requirements, ensuring quality interactions and reliable 
resolutions. The NCQA is funded by corporations and foundations who share its goals as well as its 
sponsors who, in turn, are eligible to receive NCQA progress reports and access to educational seminars. 
As a not for profit organization, the NCQA relies on these contributions to foster its accreditation and 
performance measurement initiatives. The NCQA states that it accepts funds from sponsors only for 
programs or activities that are consistent with NCQA’s mission and in a manner consistent with presenting 
the credibility and objectivity of its information, priorities, programs and decisions. 

•  Consumer Engagement Strategies.    We were the first to implement sophisticated behavioral analytics and 
predictive modeling to better understand our Members and to drive increased engagement with Teladoc. 
Our predictive models allow us to identify Members most likely to use our solution and to improve 
outcomes and serve as the basis of our messaging, which increases the frequency and richness of Member 
interactions. We were the first to use claims data, plan design and other metrics to influence behavior. For 
example, we identify Members who have been high utilizers of emergency rooms and urgent care and seek 
to re-direct their non-emergency visits to our lower cost solution. Our consumer engagement strategies are 
supported by our industry first self-service communications portals that provide for robust Provider and 
Member interaction. 

6 

 
 
 
 
The following graphic outlines the simple, convenient and intuitive Teladoc Member experience supported by 

our integrated, scalable and responsive solution:   

Innovative Technology Platform 

Our integrated solution positions us at the center of the patient, provider and payor relationship and as a key 
participant in the rapidly emerging, technology-powered healthcare industry. We continually incorporate new product 
features into our platform to meet the evolving needs of the highly complex healthcare industry. We believe our 
technology platform contains several differentiating features, including the following. 

•  Purpose-Built.    Our platform is built specifically to serve the needs of consumers, employers and health 
plans and providers. We believe that ours is the only platform that incorporates the core functionality 
required to offer telehealth in a single system. Our platform features predictive modeling, automated 
complex routing, queuing and scheduling and is currently capable of supporting 100 million Members. Our 
ability to scale is supported by our proprietary telehealth algorithms that dynamically and efficiently match 
our Members’ demand and our Providers’ capacity in real-time. 

• 

Integration and Interoperability.    Our fully functional API powers external connectivity, and we have deep 
integration with other premier healthcare solutions, including electronic prescribing, payment and 
administration, care coordination and cost transparency. In addition, we pride ourselves on what we believe 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
is unmatched integration with the payor community that enables us to uniquely provide real-time eligibility 
checking, real-time Member financial liability calculations and clinical data exchange. 

•  Customization for Members, Clients and Providers.    Each of our constituents has their own purpose-built 
interface. Our Members benefit from the ability to manage their own EMR, a secure message center, image 
upload and sharing capability with Providers, visit scheduling, single sign-on and fully interoperable native 
iOs and Android apps. We offer our Clients low implementation effort, custom integrations, interfaces and 
custom co-branded landing pages, self-service portals and robust reporting data. Our Providers benefit from 
our easy-to-use EMR and visit queue, proprietary telehealth guidelines, e-prescribing and a range of other 
features and functions such as auto-complete symptoms, diagnoses and billing codes. 

        Highly Scalable Platform 

Our platform is highly scalable and can currently provide the same level of Member support and response time 
for upwards of 10,000 visits per day versus our current rate of approximately 2,000 visits per day on average. Similarly, 
our platform is currently equipped to serve over 100 million Members and can be scaled quickly to serve even higher 
volumes. Further, our platform has been built to accommodate the seamless and quick introduction of new services and 
products, such as behavioral health, dermatology and other services that are currently in the development stages. We 
have the ability to respond quickly to evolving market needs with innovative solutions, such as mobile applications, 
biometric devices and at-home testing, to enhance our solution and support our leadership position. We believe our 
highly scalable platform provides us with significant growth opportunities within our existing membership and client 
bases and allows us to grow with low capital expenditure requirements. 

    Clinical Capabilities Tailored to Telehealth 

We believe that by directly recruiting, credentialing, training and contracting with our Providers we have built 

our clinical capabilities in a manner that supports the operational complexity of and commitment to clinical quality 
required in telehealth. Our Providers are board-certified with an average of 20 years of experience and are credentialed 
through an NCQA-certified process. The NCQA’s accreditation process involves a comprehensive on-site and off-site 
review by a team of physicians and managed care experts that evaluates more than 60 quality-related healthcare 
standards, including quality management and improvement and utilization management. The results of the evaluation are 
reviewed by the NCQA’s National Review Oversight Committee prior to their assigning an accreditation level. The 
NCQA’s requirements are developed with the input and support of health plans, providers, purchasers, unions and 
consumer groups. The NCQA’s accreditation process is not telehealth specific; rather, since its formation in 1990, the 
NCQA established, and consistently updates, its quality standards and performance measures for a broad range of 
healthcare entities by building consensus around important health care quality issues. In determining its quality standards 
and performance measures, the NCQA works with large employers, policymakers, doctors, patients and health plans to 
determine areas of focus and how to promote improvement within them. Health plans in every state, the District of 
Columbia and Puerto Rico are NCQA accredited. According to the NCQA, these certified plans cover 109 million 
Americans or 70.5% of all Americans enrolled in health plans. 

Our clinical capabilities are designed specifically for telehealth. For example, our Members have the option to 

share a record of every visit and their EMR with their existing physicians. In circumstances where a Member reports that 
they do not have a primary care physician, the Teladoc Provider educates the Member on the importance of establishing 
this relationship. Prior to every visit, the Provider reviews the Member’s proprietary EMR and certifies to this review by 
completing a multi-step checklist. During and following the visit, the Provider may reference our over 100 proprietary 
Evidence Based clinical guidelines and other telehealth-specific content. In addition, Members and Providers remain 
connected following visits. Members receive personalized notes, patient education materials and are able to ask 
questions of our clinical team via the Teladoc Message Center. Over 10% of all visits are reviewed by our clinical 
quality assurance staff to ensure adherence to appropriate treatment and prescription patterns. We believe our track 
record of zero medical malpractice claims is a testament to our Providers’ clinical quality. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Well-Established Distribution Channels and Strategic Alliances 

We have spent over ten years developing sales channels and strategic alliances, which we believe provide an 

opportunity to sell our solution through trusted partners and are not easily replicated. Our solution is sold through a 
highly efficient and effective B2B2C distribution network wherein we reach consumers through our Clients and channel 
partners rather than marketing our solution directly to potential Members. We sell through a direct sales force to our 
Clients who in turn buy our solution on behalf of their beneficiaries. In addition, a range of third-parties including 
brokers, agents, benefits consultants and resellers, whom we refer to as channel partners, sell our solution to various end 
markets. Notably, many of our health plan Clients also act as channel partners because they resell our solution to their 
ASO accounts and other customers. We believe the breadth of our distribution strategy allows us to reach employers of 
nearly every size and in nearly every market, which are capable of purchasing our solution for a large number of 
beneficiaries, rather than attempting to sell our solution one consumer at a time. 

Our Growth Strategies 

The following are our key growth strategies. 

    Expand Our Membership with New and Existing Clients 

We intend to increase our membership by adding additional Members from both existing Clients and from new 
Clients. We plan to execute this strategy by further penetrating existing relationships and by pursuing new relationships 
through our distribution channels and an expanded sales team. Within existing accounts, we believe our current 
membership represents only a fraction of the potential Members available to us. Our existing health plan Clients and 
self-insured Clients associated with these health plans currently purchase our solution for only 9% of their beneficiaries 
in the aggregate, which provides us the opportunity to grow our membership base by more than 50 million individuals 
within these existing Clients alone. Similarly, we have 230 Fortune 1000 Clients, representing a significant opportunity 
for new Client growth with large employers. We are investing heavily in new marketing technologies and support staff to 
aid our sales force in penetrating existing accounts, lead generation, new Client generation and implementations. We 
further believe that as market leader in the telehealth industry, we have a strong, established brand and are uniquely 
positioned to capitalize on the B2C channel in the future. 

    Expand into New Clinical Specialties 

We currently offer our Clients access to over 3,000 board-certified physicians and behavioral health 
professionals who treat a wide range of conditions and cases from acute diagnoses such as upper respiratory infection, 
urinary tract infection and sinusitis to dermatological conditions. We also currently offer direct-to-Member access to 
behavioral health professionals who treat conditions such as anxiety and depression. We intend to leverage our highly 
scalable platform by expanding into new clinical specialties, such as standalone dermatology services, second opinions 
and chronic conditions such as diabetes, and by focusing on expanding our services amongst current Clients such as by 
offering behavioral health as a commercial service to our Clients. As we expand our clinical offerings, we intend to 
further eliminate gaps in continuity of care in order to provide coordinated care along the healthcare delivery continuum. 
For example, we continue to expand our behavioral health product offering. According to the 2012 white paper from the 
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, approximately 46 million adults in the U.S. suffer from mental illness 
with more than 11 million adults reporting an unmet need for mental healthcare. Compounding this unmet need, the 
shortage of psychiatrists and behavioral health resources has become acute nationwide. According to a 2014 Merritt 
Hawkins report, psychiatrists are essentially aging out of the workforce, with over 70% of psychiatrists 50 years of age 
or older. Furthermore, industry surveys indicate that turnover amongst mental health professionals is significantly higher 
than that of primary care physicians and in the future, the growing demand for psychiatric services is expected to be 
addressed by primary care physicians. 

    Leverage Existing Sales Channels and Penetrate New Markets 

We have developed a highly effective distribution network to target large employers and we are committing 

incremental sales and marketing resources to the SMB sales channel to increase our penetration within this market. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, we intend to further penetrate the provider market, notably hospitals and group physician practices, as we 
believe our solution offers these markets an attractive platform from which to generate substantial income by acquiring 
new patients and to better participate in emerging risk-sharing and value-based payment models, such as Accountable 
Care Organizations and Patient-Centered Medical Homes. Lastly, with expanded access to available health insurance as 
a result of PPACA implementation, we intend to pursue health insurance exchanges, which represent an attractive new 
sales channel. 

    Expand Across Care Settings and Use Cases 

We intend to expand our solution across use cases and additional care settings. We also continually explore 

ancillary opportunities to broaden our business, including by expanding our relationship with Medicare Advantage and 
Medicaid Managed Care plans. We believe our services have wide applicability across new use cases, including home 
care, post discharge, wellness/screening and chronic care. We are also currently extending the number, range and 
functionality of our benefits applications, and will continue to respond quickly to evolving market needs with innovative 
solutions, including mobile applications, biometric devices and at-home testing. 

    Increase Engagement by Our Members 

We believe there is significant opportunity within our existing membership base to increase engagement by 

continually increasing awareness of and loyalty to our solution. We believe our solution can become the single source for 
on-demand healthcare for our Members by continuing to add new and complementary products and services, third-party 
connections and other strategic alliances. We will continually refine and enhance our user experience, which is a critical 
driver of new and repeat engagement and we will continue validating our Member satisfaction with surveys and other 
proactive tools. We are in the process of redesigning aspects of our mobile application and website to further drive 
Member engagement. We are also building robust data repositories to strengthen our predictive models and 
multi-channel marketing strategies to provide a more complete picture of our Members, enhancing our ability to lead 
targeted and purposeful campaigns and we will continue to invest heavily in marketing technologies that allow us to 
increase Member touch-points. Lastly, we will continue to actively engage Clients in benefit design, worksite marketing 
and executive sponsorship strategies to drive awareness about our solution. 

    Expand Through Focused Acquisitions 

We plan to continue to leverage our know-how and the scale of our platform to selectively pursue acquisitions. 
To date, we have completed four acquisitions that have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service 
offering, including into areas such as behavioral health. Our acquisition strategy is centered on acquiring technologies, 
products, capabilities, clinical specialties and distribution channels that are highly scalable and rapidly growing. We will 
continue to evaluate and pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business. 

Technology and Operations 

Our integrated platform supports rapid and efficient access to, and evaluation of, information from a variety of 

healthcare network participants. It has a user-friendly interface designed to empower Members and dependents to 
remotely access healthcare whenever and wherever each individual chooses (via mobile devices, the internet, video and 
phone). 

Our enterprise scale platform is architected for real-time sharing of clinical and non-clinical data in real time 

among the Teladoc constituents, which include: Members, Providers, physician network operations center staff, nurses, 
SureScripts for electronic medication prescription writing, routing and fulfillment and health plans for real-time 
eligibility checking, real-time Member financial responsibility calculations, claims processing, clinical summaries and 
clinical alerts. 

The Teladoc Provider network leverages our technology platform for managing custom visit queues that 

automatically and instantly route available visits to appropriate Providers based upon proprietary algorithms. Providers 
use our internet-based application or iOs app for viewing their visit queue, scheduling visits and following the 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
proprietary Teladoc workflow for reviewing Members’ medical history and symptoms, documenting the actual visits, 
e-Prescribing, if appropriate, and sending applicable medical content with follow up instructions to the Member via a 
secure message center. 

We use data and analytics to predict demand patterns by geography and we recruit and manage our Provider 
network to meet the demands of our patients. Our complex algorithms enable us to effectively manage/allocate supply 
and onboard Providers to meet demand while maintaining one-hour guaranteed response times, with a median response 
time of less than ten minutes. 

Additionally, our platform’s external connectivity and easy integration with EMR and outside systems extends 

its functionality and customer features, which include: 

•  Client real-time eligibility and Member financial liability; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

clinical alerts, including gaps in care integration; 

partner integration and operability; 

clinical data exchange (including, biometrics and visit information); and 

a fully functional RESTful API. 

REST is a stateless, scalable web services architecture that utilizes open communication standards such as 

HTTP and HTTPS, and has been widely adopted for system-to-system communications. Having a documented set of 
RESTful API’s enables our Clients and Members to access our solution using a custom or pre-existing website. For 
example, a Teladoc health plan Client can offer its Members the ability to access our solution through their existing 
Member portal. Members can also register for Teladoc, complete their medical history, select a pharmacy and request a 
consult without having to access the Teladoc Member site. All of these functions are provided via the Client’s website 
that makes system calls to the Teladoc API to process the requests. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following graphic displays our robust technology architecture that supports our platform: 

We host our applications and serve all of our Members from two redundant data centers in geographically 
diverse locations. We rely on third-party vendors to operate these data centers, which are designed to host computer 
systems that require high levels of availability and have redundant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. 
We utilize commercially available hardware for our data center servers. Due to the sensitive nature of our Members and 
Clients’ data, we have a heightened focus on data security and protection. We have implemented telehealth 
industry-standard processes, policies and tools through all levels of our software development and network 
administration, including regularly scheduled vulnerability scanning and third-party penetration testing in order to reduce 
the risk of vulnerabilities in our system. On an annual basis, we also undergo independent, third-party HIPAA and SSAE 
16 audits. 

We have achieved over 99.9% uptime over the last 12 months. Systems are continually monitored for any signs 

of problems and preemptive action is taken when necessary. Encrypted backup files are transmitted over secure 
connections to a redundant server storage device in a secondary data center. Our data center facilities employ advanced 
measures to ensure physical integrity, including redundant power and cooling systems and advanced fire and flood 
prevention. 

We have also successfully grown our business to a level that supports the establishment of a Teladoc-owned 

physician network operations center that we opened in August 2015. Through this internal operations center, our 
employees service Teladoc Members and Clients with expanded customer service and compliance monitoring 
operations. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
Sales and Marketing 

We sell our services through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team is comprised of 
enterprise-focused field sales professionals who are organized principally by geography and account size. Our field 
professionals are supported by a sales operations staff, including product technology experts, lead generation 
professionals and sales data experts. We maintain relationships with key industry participants including benefit 
consultants, brokers, group purchasing organizations and health plan and hospital partners. 

We generate Client leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing 

programs. Our marketing programs target human resource, benefits and finance executives in addition to technology and 
health professionals, senior business leaders and healthcare channel partners. Our principal marketing programs include 
use of our website to provide information about our company and our solution, as well as learning opportunities for 
potential Members; demand generation; field marketing events; integrated marketing campaigns (including direct email 
and online advertising); and participation in industry events, trade shows and conferences. 

Clients and Members 

Our Clients consist of (i) employers, including 230 Fortune 1000 companies, (ii) health plans and (iii) health 
systems and other entities. As of January 1, 2016, we had approximately 6,000 Clients and our services reached over 
13 million Members. The following is a selection of our Clients: 

• 

• 

• 

employers, such as Accenture, Bank of America, General Mills, Pepsi, Shell and T-Mobile; 

health plans, such as Aetna, Premera, Blue Shield of California, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Alabama 
and Universal American; and 

health systems, such as Health Partners, Henry Ford, Memorial Hermann and Mount Sinai. 

Within existing accounts, we believe our current membership represents only a fraction of the potential 

Members available to us. For example, our existing health plan Clients and self-insured Clients associated with these 
health plans currently purchase our solution for only 9% of their beneficiaries in aggregate, reflecting a significant 
opportunity for membership growth. We believe there are in excess of 50 million potential Members within these 
existing Clients alone. 

No Client represented over 10% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.   

Seasonality 

We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first 
quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of 
many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of the current year, or the start of each year, the majority of 
our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal cold and flu 
trends, we experience the highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to 
other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period of lowest utilization 
of the Company’s Provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year. 

Research and Development 

Our ability to compete depends, in large part, on our continuous commitment to rapidly introduce new services, 
technologies, features and functionality. Our product development team, which as of December 31, 2015, consisted of 70 
employees, is responsible for the design, development, testing and certification of our solution. In addition, we utilize 
certain third-party development services to perform application development and design services. We focus our efforts 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on developing new products and further enhancing the usability, functionality, reliability, performance and flexibility of 
our solution. 

Competition 

We view as our competitors those companies that currently (or in the future will) (i) develop and market 
telehealth technology (devices and systems) or (ii) provide telehealth, such as the delivery of on-demand access to 
healthcare. In the provision of telehealth, competition focuses on, among other factors, experience in operation, customer 
service, quality of technology and know-how and reputation. Our key competitors in the telehealth market are MDLive, 
American Well and Doctor On Demand. 

Physicians and Healthcare Professionals 

We contract for our Providers’ services through the Services Agreement with Teladoc PA, and, therefore, our 

Providers are not our employees. Under the Services Agreement, we have agreed to serve, on an exclusive basis, as 
manager and administrator of Teladoc PA’s non-medical functions and services related to the provision of the telehealth 
services by physicians employed by or under contract with Teladoc PA. Teladoc PA has agreed to provide our Members, 
through its physicians, access to telehealth services and recommended treatment 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. 
The Services Agreement also requires Teladoc PA to maintain the state licensure and other credentialing requirements of 
its physicians. The non-medical functions and services we provide under the Services Agreement primarily include 
Member management services such as maintaining a call center for our Members to request a visit with Teladoc PA’s 
physicians (our Providers), Member billing and collection administration and maintenance and storage of Member 
medical records. Under the Services Agreement, Teladoc PA currently pays us an access fee of $25,000 per month for 
call center and medical records maintenance, a fixed fee of $65,000 per month for our provision of management and 
administrative services and a license fee of $10,000 per month for the non-exclusive use of the Teladoc trade name. 
Additionally, we are required to maintain, for our company and our employees, general insurance of at least $1.0 million 
per occurrence and $2.0 million in the aggregate. Similarly, Teladoc PA is required to maintain, for itself and its 
physicians, professional liability insurance of at least $1.0 million per occurrence and $3.0 million in the aggregate. The 
Services Agreement has a 20-year term and expires in February 2025 unless earlier terminated upon mutual agreement of 
the parties or unilaterally by a party following the commencement of bankruptcy or liquidation proceeds by the 
non-terminating party, a material breach of the Services Agreement by the non-terminating party or a governmental or 
judicial termination order related to the Services Agreement. 

Our Providers are paid promptly, every two weeks via direct deposit or check. Our Providers bear no 

out-of-pocket medical malpractice expenses when delivering care on our platform. Teladoc PA carries professional 
liability insurance covering $1.0 million per claim and $3.0 million in the aggregate for itself and each of its healthcare 
professionals (our Providers), and we separately carry a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice 
claims, covering $5.0 million per claim and $5.0 million in the aggregate. We have not had a medical malpractice claim 
in our over ten-year operating history. 

Government Regulation 

The healthcare industry and the practice of medicine are extensively regulated at both the state and federal 

levels. Our ability to operate profitably will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated Providers, to 
maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules 
continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical 
practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our 
business processes from time to time. In many jurisdictions where we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated 
business model has been the subject of judicial or administrative interpretation. We cannot assure you that a review of 
our business by courts or regulatory authorities will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our 
operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines 

The practice of medicine, including the provision of behavioral health services, is subject to various federal, 

state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy 
of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross-coverage practice), 
equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The 
application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation. 

Physicians and behavioral health professionals who provide professional medical or behavioral health services 

to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide behavioral 
health treatment in the state in which the patient is located. In addition, certain states require a physician providing 
telehealth to be physically located in the same state as the patient. We have established systems for ensuring that our 
affiliated physicians and behavioral health professionals are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that 
their provision of telehealth to our Members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing 
telehealth. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be 
non-reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties. 

    Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee-Splitting 

We contract with physicians or physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations to 

deliver our services to their patients. We frequently enter into management services contracts with these physicians and 
physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we provide them with 
billing, scheduling and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they collect from 
patients and third-party payors. These contractual relationships are subject to various state laws, including those of New 
York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee-splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are 
intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In 
addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or 
business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element 
of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, 
decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of non-clinical 
personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine. 

State corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent 

among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state 
regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based 
solely on our engagement of a Provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state. 
However, regulatory authorities or other parties, including our Providers, may assert that, despite these arrangements, we 
are engaged in the corporate practice of medicine or that our contractual arrangements with affiliated physician groups 
constitute unlawful fee-splitting. In this event, failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action 
against us and/or our Providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease-and-desist orders from state regulators, loss 
of Provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our Providers that interfere with our 
business and other materially adverse consequences. 

    Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws 

Federal Stark Law 

We are subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, 
this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the 
physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an 
exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include the denial of payment for services ordered in 
violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $15,000 for each 
violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the 
federally-funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
may be fined up to $100,000 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which 
means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken 
the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a 
violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies 
compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A 
determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.   

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute 

We are also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly worded and 

prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to 
induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or 
arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs 
or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or 
service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that 
the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or 
entity no longer does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a 
violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” 
required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a 
violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as 
discussed below. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other 
governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $50,000 per violation and three times 
the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the U.S. Department 
of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG,has published safe-harbor regulations that outline 
categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute provided all 
applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does 
not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business 
arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government 
enforcement authorities, such as the OIG. 

False Claims Act 

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of 

numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a 
number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these 
investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but 
also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated 
against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be 
presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a 
false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a 
basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims 
Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of 
damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the 
federally-funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false 
claims provisions. 

State Fraud and Abuse Laws 

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The 

scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and 
regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed 
by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally-funded healthcare 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and 
restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions. 

Other Healthcare Laws 

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information 

Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we 
collectively refer to as HIPAA, established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to 
insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional 
federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud 
statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, 
including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from 
government-sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and 
willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially 
false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or 
services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the 
government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These 
provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal 
False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs. 

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other 
violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with 
individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person 
who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co-payments and 
deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s 
selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be 
liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who 
routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the 
Anti-Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful 
act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible 
amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The 
OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a 
particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers 
of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws 
related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with 
patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud. 

    State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws 

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personally 

identifiable information, or PII, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security 
standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information, or PHI, and require the implementation of 
administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually 
identifiable health information in electronic form. Teladoc, our Providers and our health plan Clients are all regulated as 
covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, 
HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents and other “business associates” 
of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to covered 
entities. Although we are a covered entity under HIPAA, we are also a business associate of other covered entities when 
we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups. 

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties range from $100 to $50,000 

per violation, with a cap of $1.5 million per year for violations of the same standard during the same calendar year. 
However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s 
breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity of 
the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more 
than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The 
regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business 
associate. 

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their 

states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a 
HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for 
negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic 
compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with 
establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may 
receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, 
recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and 
security enforcement efforts. 

HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all 

healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically. On January 16, 
2009, HHS released the final rule mandating that everyone covered by HIPAA must implement ICD-10 for medical 
coding on October 1, 2013, which was subsequently extended to October 1, 2015 and is now in effect. 

Many states in which we operate and in which our patients reside also have laws that protect the privacy and 

security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more 
protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California, in which we 
operate, are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the 
state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned 
operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose 
fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who 
believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion 
of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject. 

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be 

subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and 
deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, 
such as data security and texting. 

In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the improper use and 

disclosure of PII. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal 
information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt 
notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related 
contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual 
partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected 
individuals, federal authorities and others. 

Employees 

OTHER INFORMATION 

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 600 employees. We consider our relationship with our 

employees to be good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or party to a collective bargaining 
agreement. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intellectual Property 

We own and use trademarks and service marks on or in connection with our services, including both 

unregistered common law marks and issued trademark registrations in the United States. We also have trademark 
applications pending to register marks in the United States. In addition, we rely on certain intellectual property rights that 
we license from third parties and on other forms of intellectual property rights and measures, including trade secrets, 
know-how and other unpatented proprietary processes and nondisclosure agreements, to maintain and protect proprietary 
aspects of our products and technologies. Other than the trademark Teladoc (and design), which is pending registration 
and which is not subject to any known rights of others, including any impairments, assignments or pledges, we do not 
believe our business is dependent to a material degree on trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets. We require our 
employees, consultants and certain of our contractors to execute confidentiality, agreements in connection with their 
employment or consulting relationships with us. We also require our employees and consultants to disclose and assign to 
us all inventions conceived during the term of their employment or engagement while using our property or which relate 
to our business. 

On June 8, 2015, American Well Corporation filed a complaint against our company in the United States 
District Court for the District of Massachusetts alleging that certain of our operating platform’s technology infringes one 
of its patents that we are currently seeking to invalidate pursuant to an inter partes review that we filed with the Patent 
Trial and Appeals Board in March 2015. See “—Legal Proceedings,” immediately below. 

Legal Proceedings 

Teladoc is subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business.   

Texas Medical Board 

Teladoc is plaintiff in two lawsuits in the Texas courts against the Texas Medical Board (the ‘‘TMB’’). In the 
first suit, Teladoc v. TMB and Leshikar, on December 31, 2014, the Austin Court of Appeals granted Teladoc’s request 
for summary judgment, invalidating the TMB’s prior assertion that Teladoc’s doctors do not form ‘‘proper professional 
relationships’’ with Teladoc’s members in the course of telehealth consultations such as would support the prescription 
of medications. The TMB has filed a petition for review with the Texas Supreme Court to ask that Court if it will allow 
the TMB to appeal the Court of Appeals’s decision. This petition is pending. In the second suit, Teladoc et al. v. TMB et 
al., the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, held a hearing on May 22, 2015 
on Teladoc’s motion for preliminary injunction of the rule amendments the TMB adopted on April 10, 2015 that seek to 
effect substantively identical restrictions as at issue in the prior lawsuit in state court. On May 29, 2015, the court granted 
Teladoc’s request for a preliminary injunction of the rule amendments, pending ultimate trial on the amendments’ 
validity. On July 30, 2015, the TMB filed a motion to dismiss the suit, and the federal court denied this motion on 
December 14, 2015. On January 8, 2016, the TMB provided notice of its intent to appeal the federal court’s denial of its 
motion to dismiss to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, which appeal has not yet been filed. On January 14, 
2016, the federal court granted the parties’ joint motion to stay the trial case pending the aforementioned appeal. 
Accordingly, no trial date has been set.   

Business in the State of Texas accounted for approximately $12.6 million (or 16% ), $10.0 million (or 23%) and 

$2.3 million (or 12%) of Teladoc’s consolidated revenue during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. If the TMB’s proposed rule amendments go into effect as written and Teladoc is unable to adapt its 
business model in compliance with the revised rules, its ability to operate its business in the State of Texas could be 
materially adversely affected, which would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

American Well Corporation 

On June 8, 2015, American Well Corporation filed a complaint against Teladoc in the United States District 

Court for the District of Massachusetts alleging that certain of its operating platform’s technology infringes one of 
American Well’s patents, which patent Teladoc is seeking to invalidate pursuant to a petition for inter partes review that 
Teladoc filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office’s Patent Trial and Appeals Board in March 2015. On 

19 

 
 
 
November 11, 2015, Teladoc filed a motion to dismiss American Well’s complaint. This motion is pending before the 
court.   

Teladoc has investigated the claims alleged in American Well’s complaint and believes that it has good 
defenses to the claims. However, were Teladoc ultimately not to prevail in the lawsuit, its results of operations could be 
affected.   

Given the nature and status of the lawsuits described above, Teladoc cannot determine the amount or reasonable 
range of a potential loss, if any, though it does not believe a material loss is probable in connection with any of the suits. 
Teladoc routinely assesses all of its litigation and threatened litigation as to the probability of ultimately incurring a 
liability and records its best estimate of the ultimate loss in situations where it assesses the likelihood of loss as probable 
and estimable. In this regard, Teladoc establishes accrual estimates for various lawsuits, claims, investigations and 
proceedings when it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability incurred at the date of the financial 
statements and the loss can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2015, Teladoc has established accruals for certain 
of its lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings based upon estimates of the most likely outcome in a range of loss 
or the minimum amounts in a range of loss if no amount within a range is a more likely estimate. Teladoc does not 
believe that, at December 31, 2015, any reasonably possible losses in excess of the amounts accrued would be material to 
the consolidated financial statements. 

Seasonality 

We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth and first 

quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a result of 
many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of a calendar year, or the start of each calendar year, the 
majority of our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal 
cold and flu trends, we experience our highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when 
compared to other quarters of the year.    Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period of 
lowest utilization of our Provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year. See “Risk Factors—Risks 
Related to Our Business—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of 
our common stock.” included below in this annual report on Form 10-K. 

Other 

To the extent required by Item 1 of Form 10-K, the information contained in Item 7 of this Annual Report is 

hereby incorporated by reference in this Item 1. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Our financial and operating results are subject to many significant risks and uncertainties, as described below. 

The following is a summary of the material risks known to us. There may be other material risks of which we are 
unaware. 

Risks Related to Our Business 

Our business could be adversely affected by ongoing legal challenges to our business model or by new state actions 
restricting our ability to provide the full range of our services in certain states. 

Our ability to conduct business in each state is dependent upon the state’s treatment of telemedicine (and of 

remote healthcare delivery in general, such as the permissibility of, and requirements for, physician cross-coverage 
practice) under such state’s laws, rules and policies governing the practice of medicine, which are subject to changing 
political, regulatory and other influences. Cross-coverage regulation refers to the state rules under which one doctor is 
permitted to treat the regular patients of another doctor remotely. Some state medical boards have established new rules 
or interpreted existing rules in a manner that limits or restricts our ability to conduct our business as currently conducted 
in other states. Some of these actions have resulted in litigation and the suspension of our operations in certain states. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Teladoc is plaintiff in two lawsuits in the Texas courts against the Texas Medical Board (the ‘‘TMB’’). In the 
first suit, Teladoc v. TMB and Leshikar, on December 31, 2014, the Austin Court of Appeals granted Teladoc’s request 
for summary judgment, invalidating the TMB’s prior assertion that Teladoc’s doctors do not form ‘‘proper professional 
relationships’’ with Teladoc’s members in the course of telehealth consultations such as would support the prescription 
of medications. The TMB has filed a petition for review with the Texas Supreme Court to ask that Court if it will allow 
the TMB to appeal the Court of Appeals’s decision. This petition is pending. In the second suit, Teladoc et al. v. TMB et 
al., the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, held a hearing on May 22, 2015 
on Teladoc’s motion for preliminary injunction of the rule amendments the TMB adopted on April 10, 2015 that seek to 
effect substantively identical restrictions as at issue in the prior lawsuit in state court. On May 29, 2015, the court granted 
Teladoc’s request for a preliminary injunction of the rule amendments, pending ultimate trial on the amendments’ 
validity. On July 30, 2015, the TMB filed a motion to dismiss the suit, and the federal court denied this motion on 
December 14, 2015. On January 8, 2016, the TMB provided notice of its intent to appeal the federal court’s denial of its 
motion to dismiss to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, which appeal has not yet been filed. On January 14, 
2016, the federal court granted the parties’ joint motion to stay the trial case pending the aforementioned appeal. 
Accordingly, no trial date has been set.   

Business in the State of Texas accounted for approximately $12.6 million, or 16%, $10.0 million, or 23%, and   

$2.3 million, or 12%, of Teladoc’s consolidated revenue during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. If the TMB’s proposed rule amendments go into effect as written and Teladoc is unable to adapt its 
business model in compliance with the revised rules, its ability to operate its business in the State of Texas could be 
materially adversely affected, which would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

In addition, during 2014, we voluntarily suspended our business operations in the States of Arkansas and Idaho 

in response to formal and informal communications among us, our affiliated physicians, and the respective boards of 
medicine in each state. In each state, the board of medicine took the position that our business model did not meet the 
state’s applicable legal requirements in order for our affiliated physicians to prescribe medications for our Members. In 
March 2015, Idaho Governor Otter signed the Idaho Telehealth Access Act, which redefined telehealth services in Idaho 
in a manner that allowed us to resume operations in Idaho in July 2015. In addition, in April 2015, Arkansas enacted its 
own Telemedicine Act allowing a telehealth provider to establish a relationship with a patient through an in-person 
examination or through another manner adopted by rule of the Arkansas State Medical Board. We remain in active 
discussions with the relevant authorities in Arkansas to demonstrate the safety and benefits inherent to our business. 
Despite these discussions, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to resume operations in Arkansas. 

It is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine in one or more states may change in a 

manner analogous to what occurred in Arkansas. If this were to happen, and we were unable to adapt our business model 
accordingly, our operations in such states would be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We are dependent on our relationships with affiliated professional entities, which we do not own, to provide physician 
services, and our business would be adversely affected if those relationships were disrupted. 

There is a risk that state authorities in some jurisdictions may find that our contractual relationships with our 

physicians violate laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine. These laws generally prohibit the practice of 
medicine by lay persons or entities and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interfering with or 
inappropriately influencing the physician’s professional judgment. The extent to which each state considers particular 
actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies across the states and 
is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and state attorneys general, among 
others. As such, we must monitor our compliance with laws in every jurisdiction in which we operate on an ongoing 
basis and we cannot guarantee that subsequent interpretation of the corporate practice of medicine laws will not further 
circumscribe our business operations. State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on 
physicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage physicians from 
participating in our network of providers. 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or 

attorney general guidance, or case law, in at least 42 states, all of which we operate in, though the broad variation 
between state application and enforcement of the doctrine makes an exact count difficult. Due to the prevalence of the 
corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in the states where we predominantly conduct our business, we 
contract for Provider services through a services agreement with Teladoc Physicians, P.A., or Teladoc PA, which is a 
100% physician-owned independent entity that has agreements with several professional corporations, to contract with 
physicians and professional corporations that contract with physicians for the clinical and professional services provided 
to our Members. See “Business—Physicians and Healthcare Professionals” for a more detailed discussion of the Services 
Agreement. We do not own Teladoc PA or the professional corporations with which it contracts. Teladoc PA is owned 
by Dr. Timothy Howard, one of our Providers, and the professional corporations are owned by physicians licensed in 
their respective states. While we expect that these relationships will continue, we cannot guarantee that they will. A 
material change in our relationship with Teladoc PA, or among Teladoc PA and the contracted professional corporations, 
whether resulting from a dispute among the entities, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these affiliations, 
could impair our ability to provide services to our Members and could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the arrangement in which we have entered to comply with state 
corporate practice of medicine doctrines could subject us to additional scrutiny by federal and state regulatory bodies 
regarding federal and state fraud and abuse laws. Any scrutiny, investigation, or litigation with regard to our arrangement 
with Teladoc PA could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Evolving government regulations may require increased costs or adversely affect our results of operations. 

In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations may be subject to direct and indirect adoption, 
expansion or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may 
require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial monetary and annual expense. 
These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
results of operations. 

We have identified what we believe are the areas of government regulation that, if changed, would be costly to 
us. These include: rules governing the practice of medicine by physicians; licensure standards for doctors and behavioral 
health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine; cybersecurity and privacy laws; laws and rules 
relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees; and tax and other laws encouraging 
employer-sponsored health insurance. There could be laws and regulations applicable to our business that we have not 
identified or that, if changed, may be costly to us, and we cannot predict all the ways in which implementation of such 
laws and regulations may affect us. 

In the states in which we operate, we believe we are in compliance with all applicable regulations, but, due to 

the uncertain regulatory environment, certain states may determine that we are in violation of their laws and regulations. 
In the event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify our services and products in such states 
in a manner that undermines our solution’s attractiveness to Clients, Members or Providers, we may become subject to 
fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such states are overly 
burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such states. In each case, our revenue may decline and our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Additionally, the introduction of new services may require us to comply with additional, yet undetermined, laws 

and regulations. Compliance may require obtaining appropriate state medical board licenses or certificates, increasing 
our security measures and expending additional resources to monitor developments in applicable rules and ensure 
compliance. The failure to adequately comply with these future laws and regulations may delay or possibly prevent some 
of our products or services from being offered to Clients and Members, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and government 
regulations, we could incur penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations or experience 
adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of 
operations. 

The healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal, state and local governments. 

Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and collect 
reimbursement from governmental programs and private payors, our contractual relationships with our Providers, 
vendors and Clients, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the federal physician self-referral law, commonly referred to as the Stark Law, that, subject to limited 
exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision 
of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family 
has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation 
arrangement) with the entity, and prohibit the entity from billing Medicare or Medicaid for such designated 
health services; 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or 
receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration for referring an individual, in return for 
ordering, leasing, purchasing or recommending or arranging for or to induce the referral of an individual or 
the ordering, purchasing or leasing of items or services covered, in whole or in part, by any federal 
healthcare program, such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual 
knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. In addition, the 
government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal 
Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act; 

the criminal healthcare fraud provisions of HIPAA and related rules that prohibit knowingly and willfully 
executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program or falsifying, concealing or 
covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection 
with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the federal 
Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific 
intent to violate it to have committed a violation; 

the federal False Claims Act that imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that 
knowingly submit false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government or knowingly making, or 
causing to be made, a false statement in order to have a false claim paid, including qui tam or 
whistleblower suits; 

reassignment of payment rules that prohibit certain types of billing and collection practices in connection 
with claims payable by the Medicare or Medicaid programs; 

similar state law provisions pertaining to anti-kickback, self-referral and false claims issues, some of which 
may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; 

state laws that prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling 
physicians’ medical decisions or engaging in some practices such as splitting fees with physicians; 

laws that regulate debt collection practices as applied to our debt collection practices; 

a provision of the Social Security Act that imposes criminal penalties on healthcare providers who fail to 
disclose or refund known overpayments; 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

federal and state laws that prohibit providers from billing and receiving payment from Medicare and 
Medicaid for services unless the services are medically necessary, adequately and accurately documented, 
and billed using codes that accurately reflect the type and level of services rendered; and 

federal and state laws and policies that require healthcare providers to maintain licensure, certification or 
accreditation to enroll and participate in the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to report certain changes in 
their operations to the agencies that administer these programs. 

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, 

it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. 
Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. Failure to comply with these laws and other 
laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, overpayment recoupment loss of enrollment status 
and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and 
regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the 
courts, and their provisions are sometimes open to a variety of interpretations. Our failure to accurately anticipate the 
application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements 
could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these laws or 
regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our 
management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity. 

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice and the OIG, have recently 

increased their scrutiny of healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions 
and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can 
divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or 
otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, because of the potential for large monetary exposure under 
the federal False Claims Act, which provides for treble damages and mandatory minimum penalties of $5,500 to $11,000 
per false claim or statement, healthcare providers often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant 
and material amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages that may be awarded in litigation proceedings. Such 
settlements often contain additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree, settlement 
agreement or corporate integrity agreement. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected 
that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ compliance with 
the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud and abuse laws. 

The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of healthcare services may change significantly in 

the future. We cannot assure you that any new or changed healthcare laws, regulations or standards will not materially 
adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by judicial, law enforcement, 
regulatory or accreditation authorities will not result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations. 

We have a history of cumulative losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain 
profitability. 

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. We incurred net losses of $58.0 million, 
$17.0 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 
2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $130.5 million. These losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial 
investments we made to acquire new Clients, build our proprietary network of healthcare providers and develop our 
technology platform. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our client, member and provider bases, 
broaden the scope of services we offer and expand our applications of technology through which Members can access 
our services. Accordingly, we anticipate that cost of revenue and operating expenses will increase substantially in the 
foreseeable future. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate and we may not succeed in 
increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve 
profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. Our prior 
losses, combined with our expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our 
stockholders’ equity and working capital. As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional capital through 
debt or equity financings in order to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
all. See “—We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital may not be available to us on 
acceptable terms or at all.” 

The impact of recent healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare 
spending on us is currently unknown, but may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending 
and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The PPACA made 
major changes in how healthcare is delivered and reimbursed, and increased access to health insurance benefits to the 
uninsured and underinsured population of the United States. 

The PPACA, among other things, increased the number of individuals with Medicaid and private insurance 

coverage, implemented reimbursement policies that tie payment to quality, facilitated the creation of accountable care 
organizations that may use capitation and other alternative payment methodologies, strengthened enforcement of fraud 
and abuse laws and encouraged the use of information technology. Several of these changes require implementing 
regulations which have not yet been drafted or have been released only as proposed rules. 

Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payor mix that may affect our 

operations and revenue.   

In addition, certain provisions of the PPACA authorize voluntary demonstration projects, which include the 

development of bundling payments for acute, inpatient hospital services, physician services and postacute services for 
episodes of hospital care. Further, the PPACA may adversely affect payors by increasing medical costs generally, which 
could have an effect on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payors seek to offset these 
increases by reducing costs in other areas. The full impact of these changes on us cannot be determined at this time. 

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of 
which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payors will pay for healthcare 
products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

A significant portion of our revenue comes from a limited number of Clients, the loss of which would have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Historically, we have relied on a limited number of Clients for a substantial portion of our total revenue. For the 
year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, no Client represented more than 10% of our total revenue. For the years 
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, our top ten Clients by revenue accounted for 22.9%, 28.1% and 41.1% of our 
total revenue, respectively. We also rely on our reputation and recommendations from key Clients in order to promote 
our solution to potential new Clients. The loss of any of our key Clients, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand 
their subscriptions, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain 
new Clients. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving our Clients could lead to cancellation or non-renewal of our 
contracts with those Clients or by the acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing 
and potential Clients and Members. 

The telehealth market is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop, if it develops more slowly than we expect, if 
it encounters negative publicity or if our solution does not drive Member engagement, the growth of our business will 
be harmed. 

The telehealth market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain 

high levels of demand, consumer acceptance and market adoption. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the 
willingness of our Members to use, and to increase the frequency and extent of their utilization of, our solution, as well 
as on our ability to demonstrate the value of telehealth to employers, health plans, government agencies and other 
purchasers of healthcare for beneficiaries. Negative publicity concerning our solution or the telehealth market as a whole 
could limit market acceptence of our solution. If our Clients and Members do not perceive the benefits of our solution, or 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
if our solution does not drive Member engagement, then our market may not develop at all, or it may develop more 
slowly than we expect. Similarly, individual and healthcare industry concerns or negative publicity regarding patient 
confidentiality and privacy in the context of telehealth could limit market acceptance of our healthcare services. If any of 
these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other Clients decreases, or the number of 
applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, our revenue will likely decrease. 

Under most of our Client contracts, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our Clients provide 
benefits and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients. Many factors may lead to a decrease in 
the number of individuals covered by our Clients and the number of applications or services subscribed to by our Clients, 
including, but not limited to, the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

failure of our Clients to adopt or maintain effective business practices; 

changes in the nature or operations of our Clients; 

government regulations; and 

increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace. 

If the number of individuals covered by our employer, health plan and other Clients decreases, or the number of 

applications or services to which they subscribe decreases, for any reason, our revenue will likely decrease. 

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties. 

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third 

parties, including our partner organizations and technology and content providers. For example, we partner with a 
number of price transparency, HSA and other benefits platforms to deliver our solution to their consumers. Identifying 
partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our 
competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or 
reduce subscriptions to, or utilization of, our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our 
competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential Clients, as our partners may no longer 
facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential Clients. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our 
relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and 
our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result 
in increased Client use of our applications or increased revenue. 

Our business and growth strategy depend on our ability to maintain and expand a network of qualified Providers. If 
we are unable to do so, our future growth would be limited and our business, financial condition and results of 
operations would be harmed. 

Our success is dependent upon our continued ability to maintain a network of qualified Providers. If we are 

unable to recruit and retain board-certified physicians and other healthcare professionals, it would have a material 
adverse effect on our business and ability to grow and would adversely affect our results of operations. In any particular 
market, Providers could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less 
attractive service for our Clients or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Our ability to develop 
and maintain satisfactory relationships with Providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated 
with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers 
and consolidation activity among hospitals, physician groups and healthcare providers. The failure to maintain or to 
secure new cost-effective Provider contracts may result in a loss of or inability to grow our membership base, higher 
costs, healthcare provider network disruptions, less attractive service for our Clients and/or difficulty in meeting 
regulatory or accreditation requirements, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may 
require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance. 

Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against both our Providers and us. Although we and 

Teladoc PA carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of 
the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that 
exceed the limits of our and Teladoc PA’s insurance coverage. Teladoc PA carries professional liability insurance 
covering $1.0 million per claim and $3.0 million in the aggregate for itself and each of its healthcare professionals (our 
Providers), and we separately carry a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims, covering 
$5.0 million per claim and $5.0 million in the aggregate. In addition, professional liability insurance is expensive and 
insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate 
professional liability insurance may not be available to our Providers or to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all. 

Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in 

substantial damage awards against us and divert the attention of our management and our Providers from our operations, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any 
claims may adversely affect our business or reputation. 

Rapid technological change in our industry presents us with significant risks and challenges. 

The telehealth market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing consumer requirements, short 
product lifecycles and evolving industry standards. Our success will depend on our ability to enhance our solution with 
next-generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new consumer populations. 
There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design and 
development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid 
technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of 
our competitors or future competitors will not result in our present or future applications and services becoming 
uncompetitive or obsolete. 

A decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored healthcare or the emergence of new technologies may render our 
solution obsolete or require us to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive. 

The U.S. healthcare industry is massive, with a number of large market participants with conflicting agendas, is 
subject to significant government regulation and is currently undergoing significant change. Changes in our industry, for 
example, away from high-deductible health plans, or the emergence of new technologies as more competitors enter our 
market, could result in our solution being less desirable or relevant. 

For example, we currently derive the majority of our revenue from sales to Clients that purchase healthcare for 
their employees (either via insurance or self-funded benefit plans). A large part of the demand for our solution depends 
on the need of these employers to manage the costs of healthcare services that they pay on behalf of their employees. 
Some experts have predicted that the PPACA will encourage employer-sponsored health insurance to become 
significantly less prevalent as employees migrate to obtaining their own insurance over the state-sponsored insurance 
marketplaces. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in revenue from 
employers by increasing sales of our solution to health insurance companies or to individuals or government agencies. In 
such a case, our results of operations would be adversely affected. 

If healthcare benefits trends shift or entirely new technologies are developed that replace existing solutions, our 
existing or future solutions could be rendered obsolete and our business could be adversely affected. In addition, we may 
experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design or marketing that could delay or prevent 
our development, introduction or implementation of new applications and enhancements. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If our new applications and services are not adopted by our Clients, or if we fail to innovate and develop new 
applications and services that are adopted by our Clients, our revenue and results of operations will be adversely 
affected. 

To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from sales of our primary care telehealth 

solution, and our longer-term results of operations and continued growth will depend on our ability successfully to 
develop and market new applications and services that our Clients want and are willing to purchase. In addition, we have 
invested, and will continue to invest, significant resources in research and development to enhance our existing solution 
and introduce new high-quality applications and services. If existing Clients are not willing to make additional payments 
for such new applications, or if new Clients and Members do not value such new applications, it could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to predict user preferences 
or if our industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our solution and services on a timely basis, we may lose Clients. 
Our results of operations would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our Clients, 
appropriately timed with market opportunity or effectively brought to market. 

We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and 
software, other third parties and our own systems for providing services to our Clients and Members, and any failure 
or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and 
negatively impact our relationships with Clients, adversely affecting our brand and our business. 

We serve all of our Clients and Members from two data centers, one located in Dallas, Texas and the other 

located in the Metro New York City area. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the 
operation of these facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us 
on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable 
terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other 
infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in 
connection with doing so. Problems faced by our third-party data center locations with the telecommunications network 
providers with whom we or they contract or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate 
capacity among their clients, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our Clients and Members. Our 
third-party data center operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial 
difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our third-party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom 
we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. 

Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an 
adverse effect on our business. For example, a rapid expansion of our business could affect the service levels at our data 
centers or cause such data centers and systems to fail. Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any 
disruptions or other performance problems with our solution could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our 
Clients and Members’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services may 
reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to Clients for prepaid and unused subscriptions, subject us to potential 
liability or adversely affect Client renewal rates. 

In addition, our ability to deliver our internet-based services depends on the development and maintenance of 

the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the 
necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity and security. Our services are designed to operate without 
interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we may 
experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic 
event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which 
could negatively impact our relationship with Clients and Members. To operate without interruption, both we and our 
service providers must guard against: 

• 

• 

damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control; 

communications failures; 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

software and hardware errors, failures and crashes; 

security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks and similar disruptive problems; and 

other potential interruptions. 

We also rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to 

offer our services, including software from Apple Computer and Microsoft Corporation, and routers and network 
equipment from Cisco and Hewlett-Packard Company. These licenses are generally commercially available on varying 
terms. However, it is possible that this hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially 
reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the 
provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained 
and integrated. 

We exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with 

technology and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services may in connection 
with third-party technology and information services reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to Clients for prepaid 
and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability or adversely affect Client renewal rates. Although we 
maintain a $5.0 million security and privacy damages policy, the coverage under our policies may not be adequate to 
compensate us for all losses that may occur related to the services provided by our third-party vendors. In addition, we 
may not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all. 

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property 
rights. 

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual 
property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to 
suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors and other third parties 
may hold patents or have pending patent applications, which could be related to our business. These risks have been 
amplified by the increase in third parties, which we refer to as non-practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to 
assert such claims. On June 8, 2015, American Well Corporation filed a complaint against our company in the United 
States District Court for the District of Massachusetts alleging that certain of our operating platform’s technology 
infringes one of its patents that we are currently seeking to invalidate pursuant to a petition for inter partes review that 
we filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office’s Patent Trial and Appeals Board in March 2015. Regardless of the 
merits of this or any other intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend significant management time 
and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any such claim or the above 
referenced review could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We 
expect that we may receive in the future additional notices that claim we or our Clients using our solution have 
misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in our 
market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Our existing or any future litigation, 
whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention and resources, 
damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business. 

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our Clients against certain third-party claims, which 
may include claims that our solution infringes the intellectual property rights of such third parties. Our business could be 
adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our Clients as to the applicability or scope of our 
indemnification obligations to them. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we may become a party, 
or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following: 

• 

cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; 

•  make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages; 

• 

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms, to sell or use the relevant technology; or 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

redesign technology to avoid infringement. 

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of 
any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our Clients for such claims, such 
payments or costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

If our arrangements with our Providers or our Clients are found to violate state laws prohibiting the corporate 
practice of medicine or fee splitting, our business, financial condition and our ability to operate in those states could 
be adversely impacted. 

The laws of many states, including states in which our Clients are located, prohibit us from exercising control 

over the medical judgments or decisions of physicians and from engaging in certain financial arrangements, such as 
splitting professional fees with physicians. These laws and their interpretations vary from state to state and are enforced 
by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. We enter into agreements with a professional 
association, Teladoc PA, which enters into contracts with our Providers pursuant to which they render professional 
medical services. In addition, we enter into contracts with our Clients to deliver professional services in exchange for 
fees. These contracts include management services agreements with our affiliated physician organizations pursuant to 
which the physician organizations reserve exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine 
and the delivery of medical services. Although we seek to substantially comply with applicable state prohibitions on the 
corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting, state officials who administer these laws or other third parties may 
successfully challenge our existing organization and contractual arrangements. If such a claim were successful, we could 
be subject to civil and criminal penalties and could be required to restructure or terminate the applicable contractual 
arrangements. A determination that these arrangements violate state statutes, or our inability to successfully restructure 
our relationships with our Providers to comply with these statutes, could eliminate Clients located in certain states from 
the market for our services, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

If our Providers are characterized as employees, we would be subject to employment and withholding liabilities. 

We structure our relationships with our Providers in a manner that we believe results in an independent 

contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. An independent contractor is generally distinguished from an 
employee by his or her degree of autonomy and independence in providing services. A high degree of autonomy and 
independence is generally indicative of a contractor relationship, while a high degree of control is generally indicative of 
an employment relationship. Although we believe that our Providers are properly characterized as independent 
contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these relationships. If 
such regulatory authorities or state, federal or foreign courts were to determine that our Providers are employees, and not 
independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and pay social security, Medicare 
and similar taxes and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also be liable for unpaid past taxes 
and subject to penalties. As a result, any determination that our Providers are our employees could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend. 

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of 
business such as claims brought by our Clients in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by 
our current or former associates. Litigation may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and 
resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not 
cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and 
may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured 
could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our revenue and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce 
their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our stock. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certain state tax authorities may assert that we have a state nexus and seek to impose state and local income taxes 
which could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We are currently licensed to operate in all fifty states and file state income tax returns in 20 states. There is a 

risk that certain state tax authorities where we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are 
liable for state and local income taxes based upon income or gross receipts allocable to such states. States are becoming 
increasingly aggressive in asserting a nexus for state income tax purposes. We could be subject to state and local 
taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior periods, if a state tax authority successfully asserts that our 
activities give rise to a nexus. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest may adversely affect our results of operations. 

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations. 

In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a 

corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net 
operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or 
more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 
50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply 
under state tax laws. As of December 31, 2015, we have approximately $131.0 million of federal and state net operating 
loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2024. Our 
ability to utilize NOLs may be currently subject to limitations due to a prior ownership changes. In addition, future 
changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under 
Section 382 of the Code, further limiting our ability to utilize NOLs arising prior to such ownership change in the future. 
There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, 
our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. We have recorded a 
full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs. 

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us 
or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

The Teladoc proprietary application platform provides our Members and Providers with the ability to, among 

other things, register for our services; complete, view and edit medical history; request a visit (either scheduled or on 
demand) and conduct a visit (via video or phone). Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and 
complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may 
discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary applications from operating properly. We are currently 
implementing software with respect to a number of new applications and services. If our solution does not function 
reliably or fails to achieve Client expectations in terms of performance, Clients could assert liability claims against us or 
attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain 
Clients. 

Moreover, data services are complex and those we offer have in the past contained, and may in the future 

develop or contain, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems, defects or errors in our existing or new 
software and applications and services may arise in the future and may result from interface of our solution with systems 
and data that we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control or undetected in our testing. These 
defects and errors, and any failure by us to identify and address them, could result in loss of revenue or market share, 
diversion of development resources, harm to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or 
errors may discourage existing or potential Clients from purchasing our solution from us. Correction of defects or errors 
could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial 
and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our current credit 
facilities or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be 
available to us on acceptable terms or at all. 

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make 

significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, develop new 
applications and services, enhance our existing solution and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and 
potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
our net cash used in operating activities was $47.2 million, $11.4 million and $6.1 million respectively. As of 
December 31, 2015, we had $55.1 million of cash and cash equivalents and $82.3 million of short-term investments, 
which are held for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2015, we had borrowings of $23.7 million under our 
credit facilities and the ability to borrow up to an additional $5.5 million. Borrowings under our credit facilities are 
secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets. Additionally, the credit agreements governing our credit 
facilities contain certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, 
merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of 
business, make certain investments, pay dividends and transfer or dispose of assets as well as a financial covenant that 
requires us to maintain a specified level of recurring revenue growth. These covenants could limit our ability to seek 
capital through the incurrence of new indebtedness or, if we are unable to meet our recurring revenue growth obligation, 
require us to repay any outstanding amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, 
operations and strategy. 

Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on 

many factors, including our growth rate, subscription renewal activity, the timing and extent of spending to support 
development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new or enhanced services and 
the continuing market acceptance of telehealth. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or 
collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or 
convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we 
issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing 
secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and 
other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue 
business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been 
difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be 
able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate 
financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth. 

We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued development of our direct sales force and its 
ability to obtain new Clients and to manage our existing client base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and 
training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take six months or longer before a new sales 
representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train 
our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire and 
develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve 
desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our services will suffer and our growth will be 
impeded. 

We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies or operating plans. 

We are continually executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance 

our business. For example, we recently entered into new specialist healthcare professional markets as well as into B2C 
markets. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. 
Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans and 
realize all of the benefits, including growth targets and cost savings, that we expect to achieve or it may be more costly to 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
do so than we anticipate. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of the expected benefits. These risks 
include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and 
operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including difficulties in complying with new 
regulatory requirements and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, 
our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and performance. As a result, we cannot 
assure you that we will realize these benefits. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the 
implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans adversely affect our operations or cost more or 
take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our business, financial condition and 
results of operations may be materially adversely affected. 

Our use and disclosure of personally identifiable information, including health information, is subject to federal and 
state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure the 
information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, a material adverse effect on 
our client base, membership base and revenue. 

Numerous state and federal laws and regulations govern the collection, dissemination, use, privacy, 

confidentiality, security, availability and integrity of PII, including protected health information. These laws and 
regulations include HIPAA . HIPAA establishes a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection 
of PHI, by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and 
the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services, which includes us. 

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to 

PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such 
information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered 
entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated 
with the billing and collection of healthcare claims. 

HIPAA imposes mandatory penalties for certain violations. Penalties for violations of HIPAA and its 

implementing regulations start at $100 per violation and are not to exceed $50,000 per violation, subject to a cap of 
$1.5 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in 
violations of multiple standards. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. 
Courts will be able to award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases. While 
HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its 
standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in 
the misuse or breach of PHI. 

In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered 

entities or business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards. It also tasks HHS with 
establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may 
receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. 

HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of 

their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to 
unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. HIPAA specifies that such 
notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the 
breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will 
post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or 
jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must 
record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually. 

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of 
PII, including PHI. These laws in many cases are more restrictive than, and may not be preempted by, the HIPAA rules 
and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues 
for us and our Clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, 
could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle healthcare related data, and the cost of complying 
with standards could be significant. If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to PHI, we 
could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions. 

Because of the extreme sensitivity of the PII we store and transmit, the security features of our technology 

platform are very important. If our security measures, some of which are managed by third parties, are breached or fail, 
unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive Client and Member data, including HIPAA-regulated 
PHI. As a result, our reputation could be severely damaged, adversely affecting Client and Member confidence. 
Members may curtail their use of or stop using our services or our client base could decrease, which would cause our 
business to suffer. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, penalties and regulatory actions for 
violation of HIPAA and other applicable laws or regulations and significant costs for remediation, notification to 
individuals and for measures to prevent future occurrences. Any potential security breach could also result in increased 
costs associated with liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by 
such breaches, incentives offered to Clients or other business partners in an effort to maintain our business relationships 
after a breach and implementing measures to prevent future occurrences, including organizational changes, deploying 
additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third-party experts and consultants. 
While we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses in the amount of 
$5.0 million per claim, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in 
any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident. 

We outsource important aspects of the storage and transmission of Client and Member information, and thus 
rely on third parties to manage functions that have material cyber-security risks. We attempt to address these risks by 
requiring outsourcing subcontractors who handle Client and Member information to sign business associate agreements 
contractually requiring those subcontractors to adequately safeguard personal health data to the same extent that applies 
to us and in some cases by requiring such outsourcing subcontractors to undergo third-party security examinations. In 
addition, we periodically hire third-party security experts to assess and test our security posture. However, we cannot 
assure you that these contractual measures and other safeguards will adequately protect us from the risks associated with 
the storage and transmission of Client and Members’ proprietary and protected health information. 

We also publish statements to our Members that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If 

federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be 
subject to claims of deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without 
limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims and complying with 
regulatory or court orders. 

We also send SMS text messages to potential end users who are eligible to use our service through certain 

customers and partners. While we obtain consent from or on behalf of these individuals to send text messages, federal or 
state regulatory authorities or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosures we provide, form of consents 
we obtain or our SMS texting practices, are not adequate. These SMS texting campaigns are potential sources of risk for 
class action lawsuits and liability for our company. Numerous class-action suits under federal and state laws have been 
filed in the past year against companies who conduct SMS texting programs, with many resulting in multi-million dollar 
settlements to the plaintiffs. Any future such litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend. 

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock. 

Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, gross margin, net loss and cash flows, has varied and 

may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be 
meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our 
quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, 
including, without limitation, the following: 

• 

the addition or loss of large Clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such Clients; 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion 
of our Clients enter into new subscription contracts with us or renew their existing contracts in the third and 
fourth quarters of the year compared to the first and second quarters; 

seasonal and other variations in the timing of the sales of our services, as a significantly higher proportion 
of our Members use our services during peak cold and flu season months; 

the timing of recognition of revenue, including possible delays in the recognition of revenue due to 
sometimes unpredictable implementation timelines; 

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, 
operations and infrastructure; 

our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our proprietary network of healthcare 
professionals relative to the level of demand for services from our Members; 

the timing and success of introductions of new applications and services by us or our competitors or any 
other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, 
Clients or strategic partners; 

•  Client renewal rates and the timing and terms of Client renewals; 

• 

• 

the mix of applications and services sold during a period; and 

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential 
future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies. 

We are particularly subject to fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations because the costs associated 

with entering into Client contracts are generally incurred up front, while we generally recognize revenue over the term of 
the contract. Further, most of our revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our Clients 
during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter may not be fully 
reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue in future periods 
and the effect of significant downturns in sales of and market demand for our solution, and potential changes in our rate 
of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription 
model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue through additional sales in any period, with the 
exception of the first quarter during peak benefits enrollment, as revenue from new Clients must be recognized over the 
applicable term of the contract. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impacting our business or changes we 
experience in our new sales may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly 
results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading 
price of our common stock. 

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not 
increase and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. 

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts strain on our business, operations and 
employees. For example, we grew from 222 full-time employees at December 31, 2014 to 595 full-time employees at 
December 31, 2015. We have also increased our client and membership bases significantly over the past two years. We 
anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth 
effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and 
controls. We must also attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer 
support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel and management personnel, 
and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A key aspect to managing our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities to implement our solution 
satisfactorily with respect to both large and demanding Clients, who currently constitute the substantial majority of our 
client base, as well as smaller Clients who are becoming an increasingly larger portion of our client base. Large Clients 
often require specific features or functions unique to their membership base, which, at a time of significant growth or 
during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully implement 
our solution to our Clients in a timely manner. We may also need to make further investments in our technology and 
automate portions of our solution or services to decrease our costs. If we are unable to address the needs of our Clients or 
Members, or our Clients or Members are unsatisfied with the quality of our solution or services, they may not renew 
their contracts, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could 
cause our annual net dollar retention rate to decrease. 

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and 

operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial 
losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of 
remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial 
resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. If our management is unable to 
effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may 
grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our services 
may also suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain Clients. 

We incur significant upfront costs in our Client relationships, and if we are unable to maintain and grow these Client 
relationships over time, we are likely to fail to recover these costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We derive most of our revenue from subscription access fees. Accordingly, our business model depends heavily 
on achieving economies of scale because our initial upfront investment is costly and the associated revenue is recognized 
on a ratable basis. We devote significant resources to establish relationships with our Clients and implement our solution 
and related services. This is particularly so in the case of large enterprises that, to date, have comprised a substantial 
majority of our client base and revenue and often request or require specific features or functions unique to their 
particular business processes. Accordingly, our results of operations will depend in substantial part on our ability to 
deliver a successful experience for both Clients and Members and persuade our Clients to maintain and grow their 
relationship with us over time. Additionally, as our business is growing significantly, our Client acquisition costs could 
outpace our build-up of recurring revenue, and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies 
of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail 
to manage or anticipate the evolution and in future periods, demand, of the subscription access fee model, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 

If our existing Clients do not continue or renew their contracts with us, renew at lower fee levels or decline to 
purchase additional applications and services from us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing Client contracts and sales of 

additional applications and services to existing Clients. As part of our growth strategy, for instance, we have recently 
focused on expanding our services amongst current Clients. As a result, achieving a high annual net dollar retention rate 
and selling additional applications and services are critical to our future business, revenue growth and results of 
operations. 

Factors that may affect our annual net dollar retention rate and our ability to sell additional applications and 

services include, but are not limited to, the following: 

• 

• 

the price, performance and functionality of our solution; 

the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions; 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

our ability to develop and sell complementary applications and services; 

the stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services; 

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends; and 

the business environment of our Clients and, in particular, headcount reductions by our Clients. 

We enter into subscription access contracts with our Clients. These contracts generally have stated initial terms 

of one year. Most of our Clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solution after the initial term 
expires. In addition, our Clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our 
revenue from these Clients. Our future results of operations also depend, in part, on our ability to expand into new 
clinical specialties and across care settings and use cases. If our Clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their 
contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our 
revenue may decline or our future revenue growth may be constrained. 

In addition, after the initial contract year, a significant number of our Client contracts allow Clients to terminate 
such agreements for convenience at certain times, typically with one to three months advance notice. We typically incur 
the expenses associated with integrating a Client’s data into our healthcare database and related training and support 
prior to recognizing meaningful revenue from such Client. Subscription access revenue is not recognized until our 
products are implemented for launch, which is generally from one to three months from contract signing. If a Client 
terminates its contract early and revenue and cash flows expected from a Client are not realized in the time period 
expected or not realized at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Our sales and implementation cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, 
which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate. 

The sales cycle for our solution from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and 
implementation, varies widely by Client, ranging from a number of days to approximately 24 months. Some of our 
Clients undertake a significant and prolonged evaluation process, including to determine whether our services meet their 
unique healthcare needs, which frequently involves evaluation of not only our solution but also an evaluation of those of 
our competitors, which has in the past resulted in extended sales cycles. Our sales efforts involve educating our Clients 
about the use, technical capabilities and potential benefits of our solution. Moreover, our large enterprise Clients often 
begin to deploy our solution on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand extensive configuration, integration services and 
pricing concessions, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these Clients will 
deploy our solution widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. It is possible 
that in the future we may experience even longer sales cycles, more complex Client needs, higher upfront sales costs and 
less predictability in completing some of our sales as we continue to expand our direct sales force, expand into new 
territories and market additional applications and services. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales 
and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, it could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, financial condition 
and results of operations will be harmed. 

While the telehealth market is in an early stage of development, it is competitive and we expect it to attract 

increased competition, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in the telehealth 
industry for our solution from a range of companies, including specialized software and solution providers that offer 
similar solutions, often at substantially lower prices, and that are continuing to develop additional products and 
becoming more sophisticated and effective. These competitors include MDLIVE, Inc., American Well Corporation and 
Doctor on Demand, Inc. In addition, large, well-financed health plans have in some cases developed their own telehealth 
tools and may provide these solutions to their customers at discounted prices. Competition from specialized software and 
solution providers, health plans and other parties will result in continued pricing pressures, which is likely to lead to 
price declines in certain product segments, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability and market share. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater 

resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater 
available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new 
or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or 
withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the 
future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase 
the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have 
greater market share, a larger customer base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, 
greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our 
competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of the telehealth market, which could create 
additional price pressure. In light of these factors, even if our solution is more effective than those of our competitors, 
current or potential Clients may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solution. If we are unable to 
successfully compete in the telehealth market, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be 
materially adversely affected. 

If we cannot implement our solution for Clients or resolve any technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose 
Clients and our reputation may be harmed. 

Our Clients utilize a variety of data formats, applications and infrastructure and our solution must support our 

Clients’ data formats and integrate with complex enterprise applications and infrastructures. If our platform does not 
currently support a Client’s required data format or appropriately integrate with a Client’s applications and infrastructure, 
then we must configure our platform to do so, which increases our expenses. Additionally, we do not control our Clients’ 
implementation schedules. As a result, if our Clients do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet their 
implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation may be 
delayed. If the Client implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur 
significant costs, Clients could become dissatisfied and decide not to increase utilization of our solution or not to 
implement our solution beyond an initial period prior to their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition 
could be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could 
jeopardize our Client relationships. 

Our Clients and Members depend on our support services to resolve any technical issues relating to our solution 
and services, and we may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in Member demand 
for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our client and membership bases. We also may be unable to 
modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is 
difficult to predict Member demand for technical support services, and if Member demand increases significantly, we 
may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our Members. Further, if we are unable to address Members’ 
needs in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our solution, or if a Client or Member is not satisfied with the 
quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to 
address the situation or be required to issue credits or refunds for amounts related to unused services, and our 
profitability may be impaired and Clients’ dissatisfaction with our solution could damage our ability to expand the 
number of applications and services purchased by such Clients. These Clients may not renew their contracts, seek to 
terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms. Moreover, negative publicity related to our Client 
relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation or ability to 
compete for new business with current and prospective Clients. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline 
and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. 

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or 
an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business. 

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. These executive officers 

are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We 
maintain “key person” insurance in the amount of $4.0 million for Jason Gorevic, our Chief Executive Officer, but not 
for any of our other executive officers or any of our other key employees. We also rely on our leadership team in the 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
areas of research and development, marketing, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, 
there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which 
could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would 
likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business 
objectives. 

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. 
Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may not be successful in continuing to attract and retain qualified 
personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, 
difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel 
with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we 
compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. 

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high-technology industries, job candidates often 

consider the value of the stock options or other equity instruments they are to receive in connection with their 
employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly 
skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity instruments may discourage us 
from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our company. Failure to 
attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

If we fail to develop widespread brand awareness cost-effectively, our business may suffer. 

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is 

critical to achieving widespread adoption of our solution and attracting new Clients. Our brand promotion activities may 
not generate Client awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the 
expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial 
expenses in doing so, we may fail to attract or retain Clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building 
efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad Client adoption of our solution. 

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to receive positive references from our existing Clients. 

Our marketing efforts depend significantly on our ability to call upon our current Clients to provide positive 
references to new, potential Clients. Given our limited number of long-term Clients, the loss or dissatisfaction of any 
Client could substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our solution and impair our 
ability to attract new Clients and maintain existing Clients. Any of these consequences could lower our annual net dollar 
retention rate and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our technology and our 
brand. 

Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We 

rely upon a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, as well as license and access agreements and other 
contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, we attempt to protect 
our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring our employees, consultants and certain of our 
contractors to execute confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreements. These laws, procedures and restrictions 
provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, 
infringed or misappropriated. To the extent that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are not adequately 
protected, third parties may gain access to our proprietary information, develop and market solutions similar to ours or 
use trademarks similar to ours, each of which could materially harm our business. Unauthorized parties may also attempt 
to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop applications with the same functionality as our solution, and 
policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult and may not be effective. The 
failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution 
to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions 
successfully or realizing the anticipated benefits therefrom, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications and services or technologies that we 

believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth 
opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various 
expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. 

In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we 

may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the 
combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired 
business due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner; 

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition; 

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business; 

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure 
of the acquired business; 

difficulty converting the clients of the acquired business onto our platform and contract terms, including 
disparities in the revenue, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company; 

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; 

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and Clients as a result of the 
acquisition; 

the potential loss of key employees; 

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and 

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition. 

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired 

goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our 
acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this 
impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations. 

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could 

adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations may suffer. 

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use 
or similar taxes which could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We do not collect sales and use and similar taxes in any states based on our belief that our services are not 

subject to such taxes in any state. Sales and use and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly from state to state. Certain 
states in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
assessments, penalties and interest with respect to past services, and we may be required to collect such taxes for services 
in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may adversely affect our results of 
operations. 

Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which our Clients operate could 
disproportionately affect the demand for our solution and negatively impact our results of operations. 

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant downturns during the last ten years, and 

market volatility and uncertainty remain widespread, making it potentially very difficult for our Clients and us to 
accurately forecast and plan future business activities. During challenging economic times, our Clients may have 
difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which could impair their 
ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our financial results could 
be harmed. Further, challenging economic conditions may impair the ability of our Clients to pay for the applications and 
services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts receivable could increase. We 
cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If the condition of the general 
economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed. 

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this Form 10-K may prove to be 
inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to 
grow at similar rates, if at all. 

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on 

assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this Form 10-K relating to 
the size and expected growth of the telehealth market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we 
compete meets our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. 

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our offices may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, 

power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it 
difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. For example, our headquarters are located 
in the greater New York City area, a region with a history of terrorist attacks and hurricanes. Any disruptions in our 
operations related to the repair or replacement of our offices, could negatively impact our business and results of 
operations and harm our reputation. Although we maintain a $7.2 million insurance policy covering damage to property 
we rent, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our Clients’ 
facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, 
difficulties or material adverse effects on our business. 

Future sales to Clients outside the United States or with international operations may expose us to risks inherent in 
international sales that, if realized, could adversely affect our business. 

We may in the future expand internationally. Operating in international markets requires significant resources 
and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in 
the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, our international expansion efforts 
may not be successful in creating demand for our products and services outside of the United States or in effectively 
selling our solutions in the international markets we enter. In addition, we will face risks in doing business 
internationally that could adversely affect our business, including, but not limited to, the following: 

• 

• 

the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign 
languages and associated expenses; 

data privacy laws that require that Client data be stored and processed in a designated territory; 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; 

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and 
collections issues; 

new and different sources of competition; 

•  weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical 

difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

laws and business practices favoring local competitors; 

compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws 
and regulations, including employment, healthcare, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations; 

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; 

restrictions on the transfer of funds; 

adverse tax consequences; and 

unstable regional economic and political conditions. 

If we denominate our international contracts in local currencies, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and 

foreign currencies may impact our results of operations when translated into U.S. dollars. 

We have an unremediated material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to establish and 
maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in our failure to meet our reporting 
obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which in turn could cause 
the trading price of our common stock to decline. 

In connection with our December 31, 2015 and 2014 audits, we identified a material weakness in our internal 

control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in 
internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our 
annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. 

The material weakness pertains to the breadth of our internal accounting team. Specifically, we do not have a 

sufficient number of accounting personnel to effectively design and operate proper internal controls over financial 
reporting. We are working to remediate the material weakness. We have begun taking steps and plan to take additional 
measures to remediate the underlying causes of the material weakness, primarily through the continued hiring of 
additional accounting personnel. In addition, we are in the process of documenting and assessing our internal controls 
over financial reporting and once complete, we will test these controls. The actions that we are taking are subject to 
ongoing senior management review, as well as audit committee oversight. Although we plan to complete this 
remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take to fully remediate the 
material weakness. If our remedial measures are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if significant 
deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, 
it may adversely affect the results of our management evaluations and, when required, annual auditor attestation reports 
regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act. In addition, if we are unable to successfully remediate the material weakness and if we are unable to produce 
accurate and timely financial statements or we are required to restate our financial results, our common stock price may 
be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the NYSE listing requirements. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We could be subject to securities class action litigation. 

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the 

market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of 
management’s attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or 
results of operations. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.  Properties 

We believe that our company’s offices and other facilities are, in general, in good operating condition and 

adequate for our current operations and that additional leased space in appropriate locations can be obtained on 
acceptable terms if needed. 

We lease approximately 16,000 square feet of office space in Purchase, New York for our corporate 

headquarters and certain of our operations under a lease for which the term expires in August 2018. In 2015 we executed 
a lease for approximately 73,000 square feet of office space near Dallas, Texas for our physician network operations 
center and administrative purposes. The lease has a ten-year initial term and provides for two five-year extensions. We 
also lease additional operational facilities elsewhere in the United States. We believe that our facilities are adequate to 
meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to 
accommodate any such expansion of our operations. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

We are subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business. 

Descriptions of certain legal proceedings to which we are a party are contained in Note 18, “Legal Matters”, to our 
audited consolidated financial statements included in Part II, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated 
by reference herein.   

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

PART II 

Securities 

Market Information 

We completed the initial public offering of our Common Stock in July 2015. Our Common Stock began trading on 

the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “TDOC” on July 1, 2015. The high and low prices of our 
Common Stock for each quarterly period during the last fiscal year are as follows: 

2015 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

High 

Low 

  $    34.82   $   20.53  
  $    22.81   $   15.61  

The market price of our Common Stock has fluctuated in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future. Changes 

in the market price of our Common Stock may result from, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

quarter-to-quarter variations in operating results; 

operating results being different from our previously announced guidance or from analysts’ estimates or 
opinions; 

changes in analysts’ or financial commentators’ earnings estimates, ratings or opinions; 

changes in financial guidance or other forward-looking information; 

new products, services or pricing policies introduced by us or our competitors; 

acquisitions by us or our competitors; 

developments in existing customer relationships; 

actual or perceived changes in our business strategy; 

developments in new or pending litigation and claims; 

sales of large amounts of our Common Stock; 

changes in general business or regulatory conditions affecting the healthcare, information technology or 
Internet industries; 

changes in general economic conditions; and 

fluctuations in the securities markets in general. 

In addition, the market prices of our Common Stock and of the stock of other healthcare technology companies have 
experienced large fluctuations, sometimes quite rapidly. These fluctuations often may be unrelated to or disproportionate 
to operating performance. 

Holders 

On February 29, 2016, there were 139 shareholders of record of our Common Stock. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash 

dividends in the foreseeable future. 

Purchase of Equity Securities 

We did not purchase any of our registered equity securities during the period covered by this report. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on Teladoc Common Stock with the 
comparable cumulative return of the Russell 2000 composite index over the period of time covered in the graph. The 
graph assumes that $100 was invested in Teladoc Common Stock and in each index on July 1, 2015. The stock price 
performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

Comparison of 6 Month Return*
Among Teladoc, Inc., and the RUSSELL 2000 Composite Index

 $120

 $100

 $80

 $60

 $40

 $20

 $-

Jun-15

Jul-15

Aug-15

Sep-15

Oct-15

Nov-15

Dec-15

Teladoc, Inc.

Russell 2000 Composite

*$100 invested on 7/1/2015 in stock or index.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

The comparisons in the graph above are provided in response to disclosure requirements of the SEC and are not 

intended to forecast or be indicative of future performance of the Company’s common stock. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion 

and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: 
Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Advertising and marketing 
Sales 
Technology and development 
General and administrative 

Total operating expenses 
EBITDA(1) 
Depreciation and amortization 
Loss from operations 
Interest income (expense), net 

Net loss before taxes 
Income tax provision 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

  $

  77,384   $
  21,041  
  56,343  

  43,528   $
  9,929  
  33,599  

  19,906
  4,186
  15,720

  20,236  
  17,976  
  14,210  
  54,843  
  107,265  
  (50,922) 
  4,863  
  (55,785) 
  (2,199) 

  7,662  
  11,571  
  7,573  
  19,623  
  46,429  
  (12,830) 
  2,320  
  (15,150) 
  (1,499) 

  (57,984) 
  36  

  (16,649) 
  388  

  4,090
  4,441
  3,532
  8,772
  20,835
  (5,115)
  754
  (5,869)
  (56)

  (5,925)
  94

Net loss 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted 

  $
  $

  (58,020)  $   (17,037)  $
  (10.25)  $

  (2.91)  $

  (6,019)
  (8.05)

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per 
share 

    19,917,348  

    1,962,845  

    1,222,268

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash, cash equivalents and investments 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Convertible preferred stock 
Redeemable common stock 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) 

As of December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

$

  55,066   $

  133,592  
  229,737  
  —  
  —  
  178,564  

  46,436   $
  44,175  
  91,839  
  117,914  
  2,852  
  (67,535)  

  3,212
  1,653
  27,355
  71,655
  2,852
  (55,452)

(1)  EBITDA consists of net loss before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. See additional information 
regarding EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA under the Consolidated Resutls of Operations section of Item 7 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Form 10-K. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
     
    
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Many statements made in this Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about 

our beliefs and expectations, are forward- looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking 
statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our 
business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as “anticipates”, “believes”,“suggests”,“targets”, 
“projects”, “plans”, “expects”, “future”, “intends”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, 
“would”, “likely”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “continue” and other similar words or phrases, as well as statements in the 
future tense to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements and projections are 
contained throughout this Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Form 10-K Summary,” “Risk Factors,” 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” We base 
these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in 
light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future 
developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and 
consider this Form 10-K, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The 
forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions and you 
should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these 
forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should 
be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results 
to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially 
affect such forward-looking statements and projections include, but are not limited to the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

ongoing legal challenges to or new state actions against our business model; 

our dependence on our relationships with affiliated professional entities; 

evolving government regulations and our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations 
that currently apply or become applicable to our business; 

our ability to operate in the heavily regulated healthcare industry; 

our history of net losses and accumulated deficit; 

the impact of recent healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry; 

risk of the loss of any of our significant Clients; 

risks associated with a decrease in the number of individuals offered benefits by our Clients or the number 
of products and services to which they subscribe; 

our ability to establish and maintain strategic relationships with third parties; 

our ability to recruit and retain a network of qualified Providers; 

risk that the insurance we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures; 

rapid technological change in the telehealth market; 

risks associated with a material weakness that has been identified; 

any statements of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing; 

other factors disclosed in this Form 10-K; and 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

other factors beyond our control. 

These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date 

of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of 
new information, future events or otherwise. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-
K in the context of these risks and uncertainties. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private 

Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of 
historical fact are, or may be, forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but 
rather are based on current expectations, estimate, assumptions and projections about our industry, business and future 
financial results. We use words such as “anticipates”, “believes”,“suggests”,“targets”, “projects”, “plans”, “expects”, 
“future”, “intends”, “estimates”, “predicts”, “potential”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “could”, “would”, “likely”, “foresee”, 
“forecast”, “continue” and other similar words or phrases, as well as statements in the future tense to identify these 
forward-looking statements. 

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that 

may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from any future results, performance and 
achievements expressed or implied by these statements. Our actual results could differ materially from the results 
contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to a number of important factors, see Part I, Item IA, “Risk 
Factors” on our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and our other filings with the SEC. 

“The risk factors discussed in Part I, Item IA, “Risk Factors,” and other risks identified in this Annual Report on 

Form 10-K could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking 
statements.   There may be other risks and uncertainties that we are unable to predict at this time or that we currently do 
not expect to have a material adverse effect on our business.” 

Overview 

We are the nation’s first and largest telehealth platform, delivering on-demand healthcare anytime, anywhere, 

via mobile devices, the internet, video and phone. Our solution connects consumers, or our Members, with our over 
3,000 board-certified physicians and behavioral health professionals who treat a wide range of conditions and cases from 
acute diagnoses such as upper respiratory infection, urinary tract infection and sinusitis to dermatological conditions, 
anxiety and smoking cessation. Over 13 million unique Members now benefit from access to Teladoc 24 hours a day, 
seven days a week, 365 days a year, at a cost from $40 per visit. Our solution is delivered with a median response time of 
less than ten minutes from the time a Member requests a telehealth visit to the time they speak with a Teladoc physician. 
We completed approximately 576,000 telehealth visits, 300,000 telehealth visits and 127,000 telehealth visits for the 
year in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Membership increased by approximately 4.1 million members and 1.9 million 
members from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2015 and from December 31, 2013 through December 31, 
2014, respectively. 

The Teladoc solution is transforming the access, cost and quality dynamics of healthcare delivery for all of our 
market participants. Our Members rely on Teladoc to remotely access affordable, on-demand healthcare whenever and 
wherever they choose. Employers, health plans and consumers (our “Clients”) purchase our solution to reduce their 
healthcare spending while at the same time offering convenient, affordable, high-quality healthcare to their employees or 
beneficiaries. Our network of physicians and other healthcare professionals (our “Providers”) have the ability to generate 
meaningful income and deliver their services more efficiently with no administrative burden. We believe the value 
proposition of our solution is evidenced by our overall Member satisfaction rate, which has exceeded 95% over the last 
seven years. We further believe any consumer, employer or health plan or practitioner interested in a better approach to 
healthcare is a potential Teladoc Member, Client or Provider. 

In July 2015, we successfully closed on our IPO in which the Company issued and sold 9,487,500 shares of 
common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of 
$19.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $163.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions 
of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million. On July 7, 2015, all of the Company’s then-

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
outstanding convertible preferred stock converted into an aggregate of 25.5 million shares of common stock and all of 
the Company’s redeemable common stock converted into 113,294 shares of common stock. 

We generate revenue from our Clients on a contractually recurring, per-Member-per-month, subscription access 

fee basis, which provides us with significant revenue visibility. In addition, under the majority of our Client contracts, 
we generate additional revenue on a per-telehealth visit basis, through a visit fee. Subscription access fees are paid by 
our Clients on behalf of their employees, dependents, beneficiaries or themselves, while visit fees are paid by either 
Clients or Members. We generated $77.4 million, $43.5 million and $19.9 million in revenue for the years ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, representing 78% and 119% year-over-year growth, respectively. We 
had net losses of $58.0 million, $17.0 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 82% and 18% of our revenue was derived from subscription access 
fees and visit fees, respectively. 

Acquisition History 

We have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We 

have completed four acquisitions since our inception, which we believe have expanded our distribution capabilities and 
broadened our service offering. 

On June 17, 2015, we completed our acquisition of Stat Health Services Inc. (“StatDoc”) for aggregate 
consideration of $30.1 million, comprised of $13.3 million of cash and $16.8 million of our common stock (or 1,051,033 
shares), net of cash acquired. StatDoc is a telemedicine provider, focused on managed care, health system and self-
insured clients. 

In January 2015, we completed the acquisition of Compile, Inc. d/b/a BetterHelp (“BetterHelp”), a provider of 
direct-to-consumer, behavioral health services, for $3.3 million net of cash acquired, and a $1.0 million promissory note 
and we have agreed to make annual payments to the sellers equal to a percentage of the total net revenue generated by 
the BetterHelp business for each of the next four years. This acquisition helps us broaden our service into the direct-to-
consumer and behavioral health sector. 

In May 2014, we acquired AmeriDoc, LLC (“AmeriDoc”) for $17.2 million, net of cash acquired. In 
August 2013, we acquired Consult A Doctor (“CADR”) for $16.6 million, net of cash acquired. Both of these acquired 
businesses specialized in providing telehealth solutions to small- and medium-sized businesses through broker 
distribution channels. These acquisitions added new distribution opportunities that we believe are an important element 
of our growth strategy.   

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance 

Number of Members.    Our revenue growth rate and long-term profitability are affected by our ability to 

increase our number of Members because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from subscription access fees 
via Client contracts that provide Members access to our professional Provider network in exchange for a contractual 
based monthly fee. Revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s 
population, the number of services contracted for by a Client and the contractually negotiated prices of our services and 
the negotiated pricing that is specific to that particular Client. We believe that increasing our membership is an integral 
objective that will provide us with the ability to continually innovate our services and support initiatives that will 
enhance Member‘s experiences. Membership increased by approximately 4.1 million members from December 31, 2014 
through December 31, 2015. 

Number of Visits.    We also realize revenue in connection with the completion of a visit for the majority of our 

contracts. Accordingly, our visit revenue, or visit fees, increase as the number of visits increase. Visit fee revenue is 
driven primarily by the number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, Member utilization of our 
Provider network services and the contractually negotiated prices of our services. We believe that increasing our current 
Member utilization rate is a key objective in order for our Clients to realize tangible healthcare savings with our service. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Seasonality.    We typically experience the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the 

fourth and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as 
a result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of the current year, or the start of each year, the 
majority of our new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of national seasonal 
cold and flu trends, we experience our highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth quarters of each year when 
compared to other quarters of the year.    Conversely, the second quarter of the year has historically been the period of 
lowest utilization of our Provider network services relative to the other quarters of the year. See “Risk Factors—Risks 
Related to Our Business—Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of 
our common stock.” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Components of Results of Operations 

Revenue 

We generate in excess of 80% of our revenue from our Clients who purchase access to our professional 

Provider network for their employees, dependents and other beneficiaries. Our Client contracts include a per-Member-
per-month subscription access fee and for the majority of our contracts, a visit fee for each completed visit, which is 
either paid to us by the Client, the Member or both parties. Accordingly, we generate subscription access revenue from 
our subscription access fees and visit revenue from our visit fees. 

Subscription access revenue accounted for approximately 82%, 85% and 83% of our total revenue during the 
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Subscription access revenue is driven primarily by the 
number of Clients, the number of Members in a Client’s population, the number of services contracted for by a Client 
and the contractually negotiated prices of our services. Visit fee revenue is driven primarily by the number of Clients, the 
number of Members in a Client’s population, Member utilization of our professional Provider network services and the 
contractually negotiated prices of our services. 

We recognize subscription access fees monthly when the following criteria are met: (i) there is an executed 

subscription agreement, (ii) the Member has access to the service, (iii) collection of the fees is reasonably assured and 
(iv) the amount of fees to be paid by the Client and Member is fixed and determinable. Our agreements generally have a 
term of one year. The majority of Clients renew their contracts with us following their first year of services. We 
generally invoice our Members in advance on a monthly basis. Visit fees are recognized as incurred and billed in arrears. 

Warranties and Indemnification 

Our arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if there is a 

breach of a Client’s data or if our service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not 
incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. 

We have also agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, 
expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which 
any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, 
including any action by us, arising out of that person’s services as our director or officer or that person’s services 
provided to any other company or enterprise at our request. We maintain director and officer liability insurance coverage 
that would generally enable us to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. We may also be subject to 
indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of our employees under certain circumstances and in 
certain jurisdictions. 

Concentrations of Risk and Significant Clients 

Our financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 

equivalents, and accounts receivable. Although the we deposit our cash with multiple financial institutions, our deposits, 
at times, may exceed federally insured limits. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2015, substantially all of our revenue was generated by Clients located in 

the United States. During the year ended 2014 and 2013, all of our revenue was generated by clients located in the 
United States. No Client represented over 10% of accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 
or revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.   

Cost of Revenue 

Cost of revenue primarily consists of fees paid to our Providers, costs incurred in connection with our Provider 
network operations, which include employee-related expenses (including salaries and benefits), costs related to our call 
center activities and insurance, which includes coverage for medical malpractice claims. Cost of revenue is driven 
primarily by the number of visits completed in each period. Many of the elements of the cost of revenue are relatively 
variable and semi-variable, and can be reduced in the near-term to offset any decline in our revenue. Our business and 
operational models are designed to be highly scalable and leverage variable costs to support revenue-generating 
activities. While we currently expect to grow our headcount to build our Provider network operations center and to 
enhance our sales and technology capabilities and support business growth, we believe our increased investment in 
automation and integration capabilities and economies of scale in our Provider network operations center operating 
model, will position us to grow our revenue at a greater rate than our cost of revenue. 

Gross Profit 

Our gross profit is our total revenue minus our total cost of revenue, and our gross margin is our gross profit 

expressed as a percentage of our total revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a number 
of factors, including the fees we charge our Clients, the number of visits we complete and the costs of running our 
Provider network operations center. We expect our annual gross margin to remain relatively steady over the near term, 
although our quarterly gross margin is expected to fluctuate from period to period depending on the interplay of these 
aforementioned factors. 

Advertising and Marketing Expenses 

Advertising and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our marketing staff, 

including costs of communications materials that are produced to generate greater awareness and utilization among our 
Clients and Members. Marketing costs also include third-party independent research, trade shows and brand messages, 
public relations costs and stock-based compensation for our advertising and marketing employees. Our advertising and 
marketing expenses exclude any allocation of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization. 

We expect our advertising and marketing expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to 

increase the size of our advertising and marketing operations and expand into new products and markets. Our advertising 
and marketing expenses will fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of 
our total revenue and the timing and extent of our advertising and marketing expenses. We will continue to invest in 
advertising and marketing by hiring additional personnel and promoting our brand through a variety of marketing and 
public relations activities. 

Sales Expenses 

Sales expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, commissions, 

employment taxes, travel and stock-based compensation costs for our employees engaged in sales, account management 
and sales support. Our sales expenses exclude any allocation of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and 
amortization. 

We expect our sales expenses to increase as we strategically invest to expand our business. We expect to hire 

additional sales personnel and related account management and sales support personnel to capture an increasing amount 
of our market opportunity. As we scale our sales and related account management and sales support personnel in the 
short- to medium-term, we expect these expenses to increase. We will continue to invest in sales by hiring additional 
sales and account management and sales support personnel. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technology and Development Expenses 

Technology and development expenses include personnel and related expenses for software engineering, 

information technology infrastructure, security and compliance and product development. Technology and development 
expenses also include outsourced software engineering services, the costs of operating our on-demand technology 
infrastructure and stock-based compensation for our technology and development employees. Our technology and 
development expenses exclude any allocation of occupancy expense as well as depreciation and amortization. 

We expect our technology and development expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to 

invest in the development of our technology platform. Our technology and development expenses may fluctuate as a 
percentage of our total revenue from period to period due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and 
extent of our technology and development expenses. Historically, the majority of our technology and development 
expenses has been expensed. 

General and Administrative Expenses 

General and administrative expenses include personnel and related expenses of, and professional fees incurred 
by, our executive, finance, legal and human resources departments. They also include stock-based compensation and all 
facilities costs including, utilities, communications and facilities maintenance. Our general and administrative expenses 
exclude any allocation of depreciation and amortization. 

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future due to costs that we 

incur as a new public company, as well as other costs associated with continuing to grow our business. However, we 
expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue over the next several 
years. Our general and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period 
due to the seasonality of our total revenue and the timing and extent of our general and administrative expenses. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation and amortization consists primarily of depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of capitalized 

software development costs and amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets. 

Interest Income (Expense), Net 

Interest income (expense), net consists of interest activity associated with our bank, other debt and short-term 

investments. 

Income Tax Provision   

We account for income taxes using the liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
determined based on the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial reporting carrying 
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax credit and net operating losses (“NOLs”). 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when the 
differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future 
taxable income, and a valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts 
more likely than not expected to be realized. We have also recorded deferred tax liabilities arising principally from the 
difference between treatment of the goodwill between tax and financial accounting book purposes. We have provided a 
full valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, due to the uncertainty 
surrounding the future realization of such assets.   

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 

2015, 2014 and 2013 and the dollar and percentage change between the respective periods: 

2015 
$ 

Variance 

Year Ended December 31,   
2014 
$ 

  Variance 

  %(a)    

  %(a)     

2013 
$ 

Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Advertising and marketing 
Sales 
Technology and development 
General and administrative 

Total operating expenses 
EBITDA 
Depreciation and amortization 
Loss from operations 
Interest income (expense), net 

Net loss before taxes 
Income tax provision 

  $    77,384 $   33,856   

  21,041  
  56,343  

  11,112    112 %  
68 %  
  22,744   

78 % $   43,528   $   23,622    119 % $  19,906
  4,186
  17,879    114 %     15,720

  9,929  
  33,599  

  5,743    137 %  

  6,405   
  6,637   

  12,574    164 %  
55 %  
88 %  
  35,220    179 %  
  60,836    131 %  

  7,662  
  20,236  
  11,571  
  17,976  
  7,573  
  14,210  
  19,623  
  54,843  
    107,265  
  46,429  
     (50,922)     (38,092)   297 %     (12,830) 
  2,320  
     (55,785)     (40,635)   268 %     (15,150) 
  (1,499) 

  2,543    110 %  

  (2,199)  

  4,863  

47 %  

  (700)  

     (57,984)     (41,335)   248 %     (16,649) 
  388  

-91%  

  (352)  

  36  

  4,090
  3,572   
87 %  
  4,441
  7,130    161 %  
  3,532
  4,041    114 %  
  10,851    124 %  
  8,772
  25,594    123 %     20,835
  (7,715)   151 %     (5,115)
  754
  1,566    208 %  
  (9,281)   158 %     (5,869)
  (56)
  (1,443)   2558 %  

    (10,724)   181 %     (5,925)
  94

  294    313 %  

Net loss 

  $   (58,020) $   (40,983)   241 % $  (17,037)  $   (11,018)   183 % $   (6,019)

Adjusted EBITDA 

The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 

2015, 2014 and 2013: 

Net loss 
Add (deduct): 
Interest (income) expense, net 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation expense 
Amortization expense 
EBITDA 
Stock-based compensation 
Adjusted EBITDA(1) 

(1)  Adjusted EBITDA 

2015 

Year Ended  
December 31,   
2014 

(in thousands) 

2013 

  $  (58,020)   $   (17,037)  $  (6,019)

  2,199  
  36  
  1,133  
  3,730  
  (50,922)  
  3,075  

  56
  94
  186
  568
  (5,115)
  298
  $  (47,847)   $   (12,297)  $  (4,817)

  1,499  
  388  
  335  
  1,985  
  (12,830) 
  533  

To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting 

principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, we use the following additional non-U.S. GAAP financial measures 
to clarify and enhance an understanding of past performance: Adjusted EBITDA. We believe that the presentation of 
this financial measure enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We further believe that 
this financial measure is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period-to-period by 
excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We use certain financial 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
     
      
        
 
    
     
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
measures for business planning purposes and in measuring our performance relative to that of our competitors. We 
utilize Adjusted EBITDA as the primary measure of our performance. 

Adjusted EBITDA consists of net loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and stock-based 
compensation. We believe that making such adjustment provides investors meaningful information to understand 
our results of operations and ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period-to-period basis. 

We believe these financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that 

of our competitors. However, our use of the term Adjusted EBITDA may vary from that of others in our industry. 
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss before taxes, net loss, loss per share or any 
other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP as measures of performance. 

Adjusted EBITDA has an important limitation as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in 

isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are: 

Adjusted EBITDA: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

does not reflect the significant interest expense on our debt; and 

does not reflect the significant non cash stock compensation expense which should be viewed as a 
component of recurring operating costs; and 

eliminates the impact of income taxes on our results of operations; and 

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized 
will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any expenditures for 
such replacements; and 

other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting the 
usefulness of adjusted EBITDA as comparative measures. 

We compensate for these limitations by using Adjusted EBITDA along with other comparative tools, 

together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. Such U.S. GAAP 
measurements include gross profit, net loss, net loss per share and other performance measures. 

In evaluating these financial measures, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses 

similar to those eliminated in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an 
inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. 

Consolidated Results of Operations Discussion 

We completed our acquisitions of Gateway on July 31, 2015, StatDoc on June 17, 2015, BetterHelp on 

January 23, 2015, AmeriDoc on May 1, 2014 and CADR on August 29, 2013. The results of operations of CADR, 
AmeriDoc, BetterHelp, StatDoc and Gateway have been included in our audited consolidated financial statements from 
their respective acquisition dates. 

Revenue.    Total revenue was $77.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $43.5 million 

during the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $33.9 million, or 78%. The increase in revenue was 
substantially driven by an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional subscription 
access fees and visit fees. The increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients, as the number 
of Members increased by 51% from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. We experienced 575,689 visits, 
representing $14.1 million of visit fees for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 298,833 visits, representing 
$6.5 million of visit fees during the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $7.6 million, or 116%.   

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue was $43.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $19.9 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $23.6 million, or 119%. The increase in revenue was substantially driven 
by an increase in new Clients and the number of new Members generating additional subscription access fees. The 
increase in subscription access fees was due to the addition of new Clients, as the number of Members increased by 31% 
from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014. We also experienced 298,833 visits, representing $6.5 million of visit 
fees for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 127,107 visits, representing $3.3 million of visit fees during the 
year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.2 million, or 97%. 

Cost of Revenue.    Cost of revenue was $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 

$9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $11.1 million, or 112%. The increase was primarily 
due to increased telehealth visits resulting in increased provider fees, increased medical malpractice insurance costs, 
increased call center costs, and hiring of additional personnel to manage our physician network operations. 

Cost of revenue was $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $4.2 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $5.7 million, or 137%. The increase was primarily due to increased costs 
associated with our third-party call center and hiring of additional personnel to manage our physician network operations 
and increased provider fees and insurance costs. 

Gross Profit.    Gross profit was $56.3 million, or 73% as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended 
December 31, 2015 compared to $33.6 million, or 77%, as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 
2014, an increase of $22.7 million, or 68%. The increase is the result of the aforementioned revenue and cost of revenue 
growth. Additionally, increased visit volume, resulting in greater mix of visit revenue to total revenue and their 
associated costs negatively impacted gross profit as a percentage of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

Gross profit was $33.6 million, or 77% as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2014 

compared to $15.7 million, or 79%, as a percentage of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of 
$17.9 million, or 114%. This increase was primarily due to revenue growth. 

Advertising and Marketing Expenses.    Advertising and marketing expenses were $20.2 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2015 compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $12.5 million, 
or 164%. This increase primarily consisted of increased member engagement initiatives, sponsorship of professional 
organizations and trade shows of $11.2 million, increased staffing of $1.1 million and other expenses of $0.2 million.   

Advertising and marketing expenses were $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 

$4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.6 million, or 87%. This increase primarily 
consisted of increased independent research initiatives, sponsorship of professional organizations and trade shows of 
$1.7 million, increased staffing of $0.6 million and other expenses of $1.3 million. 

Sales Expenses.    Sales expenses were $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 
$11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $6.4 million, or 55%. This increase primarily 
consisted of increased staffing and sales commissions of $5.1 million, increased travel and entertainment expenses of 
$0.7 million and an increase to other sales expenses of $0.6 million. 

Sales expenses were $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $4.4 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $7.1 million, or 161%. This increase primarily consisted of increased staffing 
and sales commissions of $6.2 million, increased travel and entertainment expenses of $0.4 million and an increase to 
other sales expenses of $0.5 million. 

Technology and Development Expenses.    Technology and development expenses were $14.2 million for the 

year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of 
$6.6 million, or 88%. This increase resulted primarily from hiring additional personnel totaling $6.5 million, increase in 
other expenses of $0.4 million and offset by a reduction in technology and development expense of $0.3 million. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Technology and development expenses were $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 

$3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $4.0 million, or 114%. This increase resulted 
primarily from hiring additional personnel totaling $2.3 million, professional fees of $1.3 million related to the ongoing 
project to improve and optimize our technology platform and other expenses of $0.4 million. 

General and Administrative Expenses.    General and administrative expenses were $54.8 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2015 compared to $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 
$35.2 million, or 179%. This increase was driven in part by an increase in employee-related expenses of approximately 
$13.9 million as a result of growth in full time employee headcount to 595 at December 31, 2015 as compared to 222 at 
December 31, 2014, and was primarily due to the establishment of our call center during 2015. Additionally, 
professional fees, principally legal, increased by $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 
December 31, 2014. Severance costs, impairment to capitalized software development costs, new office lease costs 
including costs associated with abandoned facilities and bad debt expenses, increased to $14.1 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2015 from $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $8.5 million. 

General and administrative expenses were $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 
$8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $10.9 million, or 124%. This increase was driven 
primarily by an increase in employee-related expenses of approximately $3.9 million as a result of growth in total 
employee headcount from 222 at December 31, 2014 as compared to 95 at December 31, 2013. Additionally, costs 
incurred in our physician network operations for Member service increased by $2.1 million and professional fees 
increased by $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to December 31, 2013. Other expenses, 
which include office-related charges and bad debt expenses, increased from $2.0 million at December 31, 2013 to 
$4.3 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.2 million, and were incurred to support the growth of our business. 

Depreciation and Amortization.    Depreciation and amortization was $4.9 million for the year ended 

December 31, 2015 compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.6 million, or 
110%. This increase was due to additional amortization expenses primarily related to acquisition-related intangible assets 
that grew from $10.1 million at December 31, 2014 to $20.9 million at December 31, 2015 and an increase in 
depreciation expense on an increased base of depreciable fixed assets that grew from $2.3 million at December 31, 2014 
to $7.5 million at December 31, 2015. 

Depreciation and amortization was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 
$0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1.6 million, or 208%. This increase was primarily 
due to amortization expense of acquisition-related intangible assets of $1.2 million, an increase in amortization expense 
of capitalized software of $0.2 million and an increase of $0.2 million of depreciation expense on an increased base of 
fixed assets that grew from $1.3 million at December 31, 2013 to $2.3 million at December 31, 2014. 

Interest Income (Expense), Net.    Interest income (expense), net consists of interest costs associated with our 

bank and other debt and interest income from short-term investments in marketable securities. Interest income (expense), 
net was $(2.2) million and $(1.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in 
interest expense reflects higher outstanding debt offset by interest income from our IPO proceeds. 

Interest income (expense), net was approximately $(1.5) million and $(0.1) million for the years ended 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Interest expense consists of interest costs associated with our bank and other 
debt. The increase in interest expense of $1.4 million reflects higher outstanding debt.   

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The following table presents a summary of our cash flow activity for the periods set forth below: 

Year Ended  
December 31,   
2014 

2013 

2015 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data 

Net cash used in operating activities 
Net cash used in investing activities 
Net cash provided by financing activities 

Total 

  $   (47,181)  $   (11,359)  $   (6,053)
    (17,756)
  18,327
  8,630   $    43,224   $   (5,482)

    (108,203) 
  164,014  

    (15,578) 
     70,161  

  $

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of equity securities and to 

a lesser extent, bank borrowings. In July 2015, we received $163.1 million of net cash proceeds associated with the 
issuance of 9,487,500 shares of common stock in conjunction with our IPO, after deducting underwriting discounts and 
commissions of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million. 

Our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $55.1 million as of December 31, 
2015, which were held for working capital purposes. In addition, we have $82.3 million of short-term investments in 
marketable securities. Our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments are comprised of money market funds 
and marketable securities. 

Cash Used in Operating Activities 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, cash used in operating activities was $47.2 million. The negative cash 

flows resulted primarily from our net loss of $58.0 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of 
$4.9 million, allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.0 million, stock-based compensation of $3.1 million, accretion of 
interest of $0.5 million, and impairment in long lived assets of $0.8 million. These items are offset by the effect of 
changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash inflows of approximately $0.7 million, all 
of which was the result of growth of the business. 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $11.4 million. The cash used 
primarily related to our net loss of $17.0 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $2.3 million, 
allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.3 million, deferred income taxes of $0.4 million, and stock-based compensation of 
$0.5 million, as well as the effect of changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash 
inflows of approximately $1.0 million, all of which was due to year-over-year growth. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, cash used in operating activities was $6.1 million. The cash used 
primarily related to our net loss of $6.0 million, partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $0.8 million, 
allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.5 million, deferred income taxes of $0.1 million and stock-based compensation of 
$0.3 million. These items are offset by the effect of changes in working capital and other balance sheet accounts 
resulting in cash outflows of approximately $1.8 million, all of which was due to year-over-year growth. 

The increase in cash used in operating activities was primarily the result of additional headcount, increased 

marketing expenses, costs incurred to improve and optimize our technology platform, increases in our physician network 
operations, increased legal fees and office-related charges to support the growth of our business. 

Cash Used in Investing Activities 

Cash used in investing activities was $108.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Cash used in 

investing activities consisted of the acquisitions of BetterHelp, StatDoc and Gateway which required payments of $3.3 
million, $12.9 million and $1.5 million net of cash acquired, respectively, purchases of short-term marketable securities 
of $82.6 million, net of sales, the purchase of property and equipment totaling $6.3 million and investments in internally 
developed capitalized software of $1.5 million. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash used in investing activities was $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Cash used in 

investing activities consisted of the acquisition of AmeriDoc, which required cash payments of $13.8 million, and of 
purchases of property and equipment totaling $1.1 million and investments in internally developed capitalized software 
of $0.7 million. 

Cash used in investing activities of $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was principally due to 
our acquisition of Consult A Doctor, which required initial cash payments of $16.5 million, the purchase of property and 
equipment totaling $0.2 million and investments in internally developed capitalized software of $1.1 million. 

Cash Provided by Financing Activities 

Historically, our primary financing activities have consisted of private sales of preferred stock and bank and 

other borrowings. In July 2015, we generated cash proceeds from our IPO. 

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $164.0 million. Cash provided 

by financing activities consisted of $163.1 million of net cash proceeds from our IPO, an additional $6.8 million 
borrowed under the Revolving Advance facility and $0.4 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock 
options. Cash used in financing activities consisted of the repayment of $6.3 million under the Revolving Advance 
Facility (see below) and the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note. 

Cash provided by financing activities was $70.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Cash provided 

by financing activities was primarily attributable to the issuance of preferred stock of $50.1 million, $19.7 million 
borrowed under the Revolving Advance facility, Term Loan facility and Mezzanine Term Loans, $0.7 million of 
proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and offset by repurchased of $0.3 million of our preferred and 
common stock. 

Cash provided by financing activities of $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily 

attributable to the issuance of preferred stock of $14.8 million and $0.6 million of proceeds from the exercise of 
employee stock options. During this period, we also borrowed $3.0 million from a bank and repurchased $0.1 million of 
preferred stock. 

Looking Forward 

As a result of our recent IPO, we received $163.1 million of net cash proceeds in July 2015. Currently, we 

anticipate negative EBITDA results through the end of 2017. 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital 
expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including 
our growth rate, contract renewal activity, number of visits, the timing and extent of spending to support product 
development efforts, our expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced services 
offerings and the continuing market acceptance of telehealth. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or 
invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies and intellectual property rights. We may be required to 
seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may 
not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Indebtedness 

In May 2014, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon 

Valley Bank (“SVB”) that provided for a Revolving Advance Facility and a Term Loan Facility (the “Amended Term 
Loan Facility”). The Revolving Advance Facility provides for borrowings up to $12.0 million based on 300% of the 
Company’s monthly recurring revenue, as defined therein. Borrowings under the Revolving Advance Facility were $6.5 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
million and $4.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Revolving Advance Facility carries interest 
at a rate of 0.75% above the prime rate per annum and was to mature in April 2016. The Company entered into an 
amendment to the Revolving Advance Facility in March 2015 that extended its maturity to April 2017. Interest payments 
are payable monthly in arrears. In May 2015, the Company increased the borrowings to $11.5 million. On July 15, 2015, 
the Company reduced its indebtedness under the Revolving Advance Facility with a $5.0 million principal repayment. 

The Amended Term Loan Facility provides for borrowings up to $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2015 and 

2014, the Company had utilized the total $5.0 million available under this Amended Term Loan Facility. The Amended 
Term Loan Facility carries interest at a rate of 1.00% above the prime rate per annum. Interest payments are payable 
monthly in arrears. Payments on the Amended Term Loan Facility commenced in May 2015 and continue with 47 equal 
monthly payments of principal plus interest. 

In May 2014, the Company entered into a Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB that provided 
for a Mezzanine Term Loan totaling $13.0 million. The total $13.0 million drawdown of the Mezzanine Term Loan was 
completed in September 2014. The Mezzanine Term Loan carries interest at a rate of 10.00% per annum and matures in 
May 2017. Interest payments are payable monthly in arrears. In connection with entry into the Mezzanine Term Loan, 
the Company granted two affiliates of SVB warrants to purchase an aggregate of 131,239 shares of common stock of the 
Company at an exercise price of $2.95 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable and had a 10-year term. 
See Note 14, “Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)”, for more information. The Company also granted 
SVB a security interest in significantly all of the Company’s assets. The Mezzanine Term Loan has been used to fund the 
expansion of the Company’s business. The Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB and the 
Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement are collectively referred to as the “SVB Facilities.” 

In July 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 59,281 shares of common stock from the cashless exercise of 

65,620 warrants at an exercise price of $2.95 per share for one of the affiliates. In December 2015, the Company issued 
an aggregate of 54,830 shares of common stock from the cashless exercise of 65,619 warrants at an exercise price of 
$2.95 per share for another affiliates. The Company did not receive any proceeds from these two cashless exercise.   

The Company incurred approximately $0.3 million of loan origination costs in connection with the SVB 
Facilities and amortized approximately $0.1 million of these costs during both years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

Effective with the purchase of AmeriDoc, the Company executed a Subordinated Promissory Note in the 

amount of $3.5 million payable to the seller of AmeriDoc on April 30, 2015. The Subordinated Promissory Note carries 
interest at a rate of 10.00% annual interest and is subordinated to the SVB Facilities. In March 2015, the Company, the 
seller of AmeriDoc and SVB executed an Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note that extended the 
maturity of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note to April 30, 2017. In November 2015, the 
Company executed the Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note with a revised annual interest rate 
at 7.00% commencing on January 1, 2016 and extended the maturity of the Promissory Note to April 30, 2018 with a 
seller put option at April 30, 2017. The Company repaid $0.5 million of principal on this Second Amended and Restated 
Subordinated Promissory Note during 2015.   

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015: 

Total 

     Less than     
1 Year 

Payment Due by Period 
1 to 3 
Years 
(in thousands) 

      4 to 5 
  Years 

    More than 
  5 Years   

Operating leases 
Obligations under SVB Facilities and AmeriDoc 

Promissory Note 

Interest associated with long-term debt 
Total 

  $   10,342   $   1,682   $   2,290   $   1,832   $   4,538

    26,667  
  2,911  

  —
  —
  $   39,920   $   4,880   $   28,250   $   2,252   $   4,538

  25,000  
  960  

  1,250  
  1,948  

  417  
  3  

Our existing office and hosting co-location facilities lease agreements provide us with the option to renew and 
generally provide for rental payments on a graduated basis. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we 
entered into additional operating lease agreements as we expand our operations and if we exercised the office and 
hosting co-location facilities lease options. The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with 
agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum 
services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions and the approximate timing of the transaction. 
Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above. For 
abandoned facilities, the above contractual obligation schedule does not reflect any realized or potential sublease 
revenue. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated 
entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which 
would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow 
or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to the financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we 
had engaged in those types of relationships. 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 

(“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to achieve a consistent application of revenue 
recognition within the U.S., resulting in a single revenue model to be applied by reporting companies under GAAP. 
Under the new model, recognition of revenue occurs when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in 
an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or 
services. In addition, the revised guidance requires that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount, timing, and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The revised guidance is effective for the 
Company beginning in the quarter ending March 31, 2018; early adoption is allowed. The revised guidance is required to 
be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of 
initially applying it recognized at the date of initial application. We are currently evaluating the transition method that 
will be elected and the potential effect of the revised guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.   

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an 

Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period, requiring that a 
performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a 
performance condition. The amendments in this guidance are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those 
fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of this guidance on our 
financial disclosures and results. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern. This 

guidance addresses management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to 
continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Management’s evaluation should be based on 
relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are 
issued. ASU 2014-15 is effective for interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is 
permitted. We do not expect to early adopt this guidance and is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this 
guidance on our financial disclosures and results. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying 
the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be 
presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt 
discounts. The revised guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the quarter ending March 31, 2016 and is 
required to be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. We have early adopted ASU 2015-03 which resulted 
in $0.1 million and $0.2 million balance sheet reclassification as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations - Simplifying the Accounting for 

Measurement-Period Adjustments (Topic 805). ASU 2015-16 requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to 
provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment 
amounts are determined. ASU 2015-16 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, 
with early adoption permitted, and is to be applied on a prospective basis. We are currently in the process of evaluating 
the impact of the adoption of this standard on our consolidated financial statements.    

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of 

Deferred Taxes.   ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by eliminating the separate 
classification of deferred income tax liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts in the consolidated 
balance sheet. The amendments in the update require that all deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent 
in the consolidated balance sheet. The amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning 
after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein and may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all 
periods presented. Early adoption is permitted.   We have early adopted this standard in the fourth quarter of 2015 on a 
retrospective basis. Prior periods have been retrospectively adjusted. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2015-17, we 
made a $12,000 reclassification between current deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities in the 2014 
balance sheet. 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): 
Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. ASU 2016-01 amends various aspects of 
the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure for financial instruments. With respect to our consolidated 
financial statements, the most significant impact relates to the accounting for equity investments. It will impact the 
disclosure and presentation of financial assets and liabilities. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual reporting periods, and 
interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption by public entities is permitted 
only for certain provisions. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on 
our consolidated financial statements 

62 

 
 
 
Consolidated Quarterly Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth our quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended 

December 31, 2015 and 2014: 

(in thousands, except share and per share 
data) 

Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Advertising and marketing 
Sales 
Technology and development 
General and administrative 

Total operating expenses 
EBITDA 
Depreciation and amortization 
Loss from operations 
Interest income (expense), net 

Net loss before taxes 
Income tax provision 

Net loss 
GAAP Net Loss per Share 
Weighted Average Common Shares 
Outstanding Used in Computing GAAP Net 
Loss per Share - Basic and Diluted 

1Q14 

2Q14 

3Q14 

4Q14 

1Q15 

2Q15 

3Q15 

4Q15 

  $

  9,407   $
  1,982  
  7,425  

  10,289   $
  2,027  
  8,262  

  10,905   $
  2,151  
  8,754  

  12,927   $
  3,769  
  9,158  

  16,488   $
  5,281  
  11,207  

  18,283  $ 
  4,793    
  13,490    

  19,973 $
  4,488  
  15,485  

  22,640
  6,479
  16,161

  2,518  
  2,145  
  1,192  
  3,344  
  9,199  
  (1,774) 
  414  
  (2,188) 
  (54) 

  (2,242) 
  72  

  1,436  
  3,033  
  2,064  
  4,033  
  10,566  
  (2,304) 
  554  
  (2,858) 
  (349) 

  (3,207) 
  (7) 

  1,984  
  3,263  
  1,960  
  4,754  
  11,961  
  (3,207) 
  650  
  (3,857) 
  (510) 

  (4,367) 
  162  

  1,724  
  3,130  
  2,357  
  7,492  
  14,703  
  (5,545) 
  702  
  (6,247) 
  (586) 

  4,341  
  3,682  
  2,906  
  11,968  
  22,897  
  (11,690) 
  903  
  (12,593) 
  (568) 

  4,730   
  4,397   
  3,203   
  16,488   
  28,818   
  (15,328)  
  923   
  (16,251)  
  (642)  

  5,284
  5,111
  3,941
  12,253
  26,589
  (11,104)
  1,491
  (12,595)
  (489)

  5,881
  4,786
  4,160
  14,134
  28,961
  (12,800)
  1,546
  (14,346)
  (500)

  (6,833) 
  161  

  (13,161) 
  (458) 

  (16,893)  
  171   

  (13,084)
  162

  (14,846)
  161

  (2,314) 

  (3,200) 

  $

  (2.35)  $

  (2.15)  $

  (4,529) 
  (2.68)  $

  (6,994) 
  (3.25)  $

  (12,703) 

  (5.87)  $

  (17,064)  
  (7.20) $ 

  (13,246)

  (0.37) $

  (15,007)
  (0.39)

    1,423,732  

    1,974,697  

    2,060,075  

    2,150,228  

    2,162,413  

    2,370,113      36,099,556     38,460,363

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Interest Rate Risk 

We have floating rate debt with our Term Loan Facility and Revolving Advance Facility, and cash equivalents 

that are subject to interest rate volatility, which is our principal market risk. A 25 basis point change in the weighted 
average interest rate relating to the Term Loan Facility and Revolving Advance Facility as of December 31, 2015, which 
are subject to variable interest rates based on the prime rate, would yield a change of approximately $41,000 in annual 
interest expense. We do not expect cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by a sudden change in market 
interest rates. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and 

Financial Statement Schedule filed as part of this Form 10-K. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls 

and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the 
desired control objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of 
possible controls and procedures. 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated, 

as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
    
   
    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”)). Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure 
controls and procedures were ineffective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2015. This conclusion is 
due to the following material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. 

In connection with our 2015 and 2014 audits, management identified a material weakness in our internal control 
over financial reporting relating to the breadth of our internal accounting team. Specifically, we did not have a sufficient 
number of accounting personnel to effectively design and operate proper internal controls over financial reporting. We 
are taking steps to remediate this material weakness, which has included expanding our internal accounting team with 
additional qualified personnel. In addition, we are in the process of documenting and assessing our internal controls over 
financial reporting and once complete, we will test these controls. We anticipate that we will remediate this material 
weakness during 2016. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

No changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under 
the Exchange Act) occurred during the year ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information 

None. 

65 

 
 
 
PART III 

Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is omitted from this Annual Report and will be filed in a 
definitive proxy statement or by an amendment to this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal 
year covered by this Annual Report.  

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to 
this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case 
under the captions “Directors and Executive Officers” and “Corporate Governance” and possibly elsewhere therein. That 
information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to 
this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case 
under the caption “Executive Compensation,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this 
Item 11 by reference. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to 
this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case 
under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference. 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to 
this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case 
under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is 
incorporated in this Item 13 by reference. 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 in our definitive proxy statement or in an amendment to 
this Annual Report not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report, in either case 
under the caption “Services and Fees of Ernst & Young,” and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is 
incorporated in this Item 14 by reference. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

PART IV 

A list of exhibits is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature page of this Form 10-K, and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

(a)         (1)         The Registrant’s financial statements together with a separate table of contents are annexed hereto 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules are listed in the separate table of contents annexed hereto. 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable: 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Income Taxes Valuation Allowance: 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Balance at
Beginning 
    of Period 
  $
  $
  $

1,785  $
728  $
119  $

     Provision      Write-offs      Other     

1,962  $
1,351  $
611  $

(1,935)  $  —  $
(294)  $  —  $
(2)  $  —  $

     Balance at   

End   
of Period 
1,812
1,785
728

  Balance at
  Beginning
     of Period      Provision      Write-offs       Other 
  $ 22,358  $ 22,094 $
6,668 $
  $ 15,742  $
2,277 $
  $ 13,261  $

     of Period   
—  $  2,025  $ 46,477 
(52)  $ 22,358
—  $ 
204  $ 15,742
—  $ 

     Balance at

End   

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the 
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Item 8 above. 

(3)         Exhibits  

Unless otherwise indicated, each of the following exhibits has been previously filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission by the Company under File No. 001-37477. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. 

Signatures 

TELADOC, INC. 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

Date: March 3, 2016 

/s/ JASON GOREVIC 

Jason Gorevic 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ MARK HIRSCHHORN 

Mark Hirschhorn 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer 

    /s/ DAVID B. SNOW, JR. 

David B. Snow, Jr. 
Chairman 

    /s/ MARTIN R. FELSENTHAL 

Martin R. Felsenthal 
Director 

    /s/ WILLIAM H. FRIST, M.D. 

William H. Frist, M.D. 
Director 

    /s/ MICHAEL GOLDSTEIN 

Michael Goldstein 
Director 

    /s/ THOMAS MAWHINNEY 

Thomas Mawhinney 
Director 

    /s/ THOMAS G. MCKINLEY 

Thomas G. McKinley 
Director 

    /s/ DANA G. MEAD, JR. 

Dana G. Mead, Jr. 
Director 

    /s/ ARNEEK MULTANI 

Arneek Multani 
Director 

    /s/ JAMES OUTLAND 

James Outland 
Director 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

By:   
Name: 
Title: 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 

Index 

Exhibit 
Number 

Exhibit Description 

     Form 

File No. 

     Exhibit      

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith

Incorporated by Reference 

3.1 

  Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of 

8-K 

001-37477 

3.1 

  7/07/15  

Incorporation of Teladoc, Inc. 

3.2 

  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teladoc, Inc. 

8-K 

001-37477 

3.2 

  7/07/15  

4.1 

  Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of 

S-1/A 

333-204577

4.5 

  6/24/15  

the common stock. 

10.1 

  Form of Indemnification Agreement. 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.7 

  6/18/15  

10.2 

  Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan. 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.10    6/18/15  

10.3 

  Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 
Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan. 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.11    6/18/15  

10.4 

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 
Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan. 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.12    6/18/15  

10.5 

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 
the Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Incentive Award Plan. 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.13    6/18/15  

10.6 

  Teladoc, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.14    6/18/15  

Plan. 

10.7 

  Teladoc, Inc. Non-Employee Director 

10-Q 

001-37477 

10.7 

  8/12/15  

Compensation Program. 

10.8 

  Amended and Restated Executive Employment 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.19    6/18/15  

Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between 
Teladoc, Inc. and Jason Gorevic. 

10.9 

  Amended and Restated Executive Employment 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.20    6/18/15  

Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between 
Teladoc, Inc. and Mark Hirschhorn. 

10.10 

  Amended and Restated Executive Employment 

S-1/A 

333-204577

10.21    6/18/15  

Agreement, dated June 16, 2015, by and between 
Teladoc, Inc. and Michael King. 

21.1 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

S-1/A 

7/01/15

23.1 

Consents of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm 

31.1 

  Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant 

to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002. 

69 

*

*

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.2 

  Chief Financial Officer—Certification pursuant to 
Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1 

  Chief Executive Officer—Certification pursuant 

to Rule13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.2 

  Chief Financial Officer—Certification pursuant to 

Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. 
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

99.1 

  Financial Statements for the Recently Acquired 

10-Q 

001-37477 

99.1 

  8/12/15  

Stat Health Service, Inc. 

101.INS   XBRL Instance Document. 

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.   

101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase 

Document. 

101.DEF   XBRL Definition Linkbase Document. 

101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document. 

101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase 

Document. 

*  Filed herewith. 

**  Furnished herewith. 

*

**

**

*

*

*

*

*

*

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA 

1. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Teladoc, Inc. 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss 
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. Supplemental Financial Data: 
The following supplemental financial data of the Registrant required to be included in Item 15(a)(2) on Form-

10K are listed below: 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

     Page

F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8

67

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Teladoc, Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Teladoc, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 

2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and 
stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. Our 
audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and 
schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as 
a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such 
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and 
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 

financial position of Teladoc, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of their operations and 
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in 
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth 
therein. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

New York, New York 
March 3, 2016   

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELADOC, INC. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

(in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,812 and $1,785, respectively 
Due from officer 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 
Property and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Accrued compensation 
Long-term bank and other debt-current portion 

Total current liabilities 

Other liabilities 
Deferred taxes 
Long term bank and other debt, net 

Commitments and contingencies 
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 50,479,286 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2014; 
no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 50,452,939 shares issued and outstanding as of 
December 31, 2014; liquidation preference of $117,914 as of December 31, 2014 

Redeemable common stock, $0.001 par value; no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 

113,294 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit): 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 75,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2014; 

38,524,922 shares and 2,037,999 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively 

Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) 
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)   

As of December 31,   
2014 

2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  55,066   
  82,282   
  12,134   
  —   
  2,096   
  151,578   
  6,259   
  56,342   
  15,265   
  293   
  229,737   

  2,213   
  8,197   
  6,326   
  1,250   
  17,986   
  6,775   
  1,185   
  25,227   

  46,436
  —
  6,839
  253
  966
  54,494
  1,065
  28,454
  7,530
  296
  91,839

  2,210
  3,918
  3,358
  833
  10,319
  2,767
  482
  25,040

  —   

  —   

  117,914

  2,852

  38   
  309,078   
  (130,510) 
  (42) 
  178,564   
  229,737   

$ 

  2
  4,953
  (72,490)
  —
  (67,535)
  91,839

$ 

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements. 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELADOC, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenue 
Cost of revenue 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Advertising and marketing 
Sales 
Technology and development 
General and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 

Loss from operations 
Interest income (expense), net 
Net loss before taxes 
Income tax provision   
Net loss 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted 

    $

Year Ended December 31,   
2014 
  43,528     $
  9,929  
  33,599  

2015 
  77,384     $ 
  21,041  
  56,343  

2013 
  19,906
  4,186
  15,720

  20,236  
  17,976  
  14,210  
  54,843  
  4,863  
  (55,785) 
  (2,199) 
  (57,984) 
  36  
  (58,020)  $ 
  (2.91)  $ 

  7,662  
  11,571  
  7,573  
  19,623  
  2,320  
  (15,150) 
  (1,499) 
  (16,649) 
  388  
  (17,037)  $
  (10.25)  $

  4,090
  4,441
  3,532
  8,772
  754
  (5,869)
  (56)
  (5,925)
  94
  (6,019)
  (8.05)

  $
  $

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per 

share 

    19,917,348  

    1,962,845  

    1,222,268

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) 

  $

  (1.53) 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma 

net loss per share (unaudited) 

  37,817,061  

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements. 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
TELADOC, INC.   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS   
(In thousands) 

Net loss 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 
    Net change in unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Year Ended December 31,   
2014 

2013 

2015 

     $  (58,020)     $   (17,037)     $   (6,019)

  (42) 
  (42) 

  —  
  —  

  —
  —

Comprehensive loss 

$  (58,062) 

$   (17,037) 

$   (6,019)

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements 

F-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$

)
2
4
(

—

)
2
4
(

$

)
0
1
5
,
0
3
1
(

$

8
7
0
,
9
0
3

$

)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D

(

y
t
i
u
q
E

)
3
3
5
,
6
4
(

$

l
a
t
o
T

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

r
e
h
t
O

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C

d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A

—

)
7
9
1
(

8
2

5
9
5

8
9
2

)
4
2
6
,
3
(

)
9
1
0
,
6
(

)
2
5
4
,
5
5
(

—

)
8
6
1
(

)
0
2
9
,
2
(

9
1
2

2
9
8
,
6

)
9
4
3
(

7
4
7

3
3
5

)
7
3
0
,
7
1
(

)
5
3
5
,
7
6
(

)
1
(

8
2
4

5
7
7
,
6
1

8
1
1
,
3
6
1

4
1
9
,
7
1
1

)
2
4
(

2
5
8
,
2

5
7
0
,
3

)
0
2
0
,
8
5
(

4
6
5
,
8
7
1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

s
s
o
L

t
i
c
i
f
e
D

$

)
4
3
5
,
6
4
(

$

—

—

—

—

—

)
0
0
9
,
2
(

)
9
1
0
,
6
(

)
3
5
4
,
5
5
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
7
3
0
,
7
1
(

)
0
9
4
,
2
7
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
0
2
0
,
8
5
(

l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

n
I
-
d
i
a
P

l
a
t
i
p
a
C

—

—

)
7
9
1
(

8
2

5
9
5

)
4
2
7
(

8
9
2

—

—

—

)
8
6
1
(

)
0
2
9
,
2
(

9
1
2

2
9
8
,
6

)
9
4
3
(

6
4
7

3
3
5

—

)
1
(

8
2
4

3
5
9
,
4

4
7
7
,
6
1

—

—

2
5
8
,
2

5
7
0
,
3

9
0
1
,
3
6
1

8
8
8
,
7
1
1

$

.

C
N
I

,

C
O
D
A
L
E
T

k
c
o
t
S
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P
e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C

f
o
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C

)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D

(
y
t
i
u
q
E

’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
d
n
a

)
a
t
a
d
e
r
a
h
s

t
p
e
c
x
e

,
s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t
n
i
(

t
n
u
o
m
 A

1

$

2
6
1

,

5
6
5

s
e
r
a
h
S

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

e
l
b
a
m
e
e
d
e
R

k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C

e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
C

k
c
o
t
S
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

t
n
u
o
m
A

2
5
8

,

2

$

4
9
2

,

3
1
1

s
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
m
A

s
e
r
a
h
S

0
3
1

,

3
5

$

2
0
1

,

1
7
3
,
1
3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

2

—

—

1

9

6
2

—

—

—

—

8
3

—

—

—

—

—

—

7
9
5

,

7
3
7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
9
9
(

7
9
1

—

—

—

4
2
6

,

3

—

—

—

—

—

)
5
8
9

,

7
(

3
0
8

,

4
1

9
6
1

,

7
2
2
,
6

9
5
7

,

2
0
3

,

1

2
5
8

,

2

4
9
2

,

3
1
1

5
5
6

,

1
7

6
8
2

,

0
9
5
,
7
3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
4
3
8

,

0
5
(

4
7
0

,

6
8
7

5
4
5

,

0
7
2

1
1
1

,

4
1
1

9
9
9

,

7
3
0

,

2

3
3
0

,

1
5
0

,

1

4
9
2

,

3
1
1

0
0
5

,

7
8
4

,

9

0
4
4

,

0
5
4

,

5
2

—

—

—

$

2
2
9

,

4
2
5

,

8
3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8
6
1

0
2
9

,

2

—

)
2
9
8

,

6
(

)
9
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

)
2
3
3

,

0
2
(

—

7
1
9

,

3
5
5
,
1

2
8
0

,

0
5

8
6
0

,

9
2
3
,
1
1

—

—

—

—

$

—

—

—

—

)
2
5
8

,

2
(

)
4
9
2

,

3
1
1
(

—

—

—

—

—

$

—

—

—

—

—

2
5
8

,

2

4
9
2

,

3
1
1

4
1
9

,

7
1
1

9
3
9

,

2
5
4
,
0
5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

,

)
4
1
9
7
1
1
(

)
9
3
9

,

2
5
4
,
0
5
(

f
o
t
e
n

,
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
E
s
e
i
r
e
S
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

3
1
0
2
,
1
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

f
o
s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
c

f
o
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

o
t
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
E
d
e
i
r
e
S
f
o
n
o
i
t
e
r
c
c
A

t
n
u
o
m
a

n
o
i
t
p
m
e
d
e
r

s
t
s
o
c

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

n
o
m
m
o
c
d
n
a

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
c

f
o
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
R

o
t
d
e
t
r
e
v
n
o
c
d
n
a

d
e
r
i
t
e
r

s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

k
c
o
t
s

d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
F
s
e
i
r
e
S

d
e
u
s
s
i

s
t
n
a
r
r
a

W

f
o
t
e
n

,
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
F
s
e
i
r
e
S
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

3
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o
s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

o
t

k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
F
d
e
i
r
e
S
f
o
n
o
i
t
e
r
c
c
A

s
t
s
o
c

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i

t
n
u
o
m
a

n
o
i
t
p
m
e
d
e
r

d
n
e
d
i
v
i
d
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
P

f
o
t
e
n
,

O
P
I
h
t
i

w
n
o
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
c
n
i
k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

k
c
o
t
s
d
e
r
r
e
f
e
r
p
e
l
b
i
t
r
e
v
n
o
c

f
o
n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c

e
l
b
a
m
e
e
d
e
r

f
o
n
o
i
s
r
e
v
n
o
C

x
a
t

f
o
t
e
n
,
s
s
o
l

e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c

r
e
h
t
O

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

s
t
s
o
c

e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
4
4
1
,
7
1
$

5
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o
s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

s
s
o
l

t
e
N

k
c
o
t
s

n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
a
n
i
k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I

s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

s
t
n
a
r
r
a
w

f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E

4
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D

f
o
s
a

e
c
n
a
l
a
B

.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f

d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c

d
e
t
i
d
u
a

o
t

s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a

e
e
S

6
-
F

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELADOC, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

(in thousands) 

Cash flows used in operating activities: 
Net loss 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Stock-based compensation 
Deferred income taxes 
Accretion of interest 
Impairment of long-lived assets 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable 
Due from officer 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 
Accrued compensation 
Other liabilities 

Net cash used in operating activities 
Cash flows used in investing activities: 
Purchase of property and equipment 
Purchase of internal software 
Purchase of marketable securities 
Proceeds from the liquidation/maturity of marketable securities 
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired 

Net cash used in investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock 
Proceeds from borrowing under bank and other debt 
Repayment of bank and other debt 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under IPO 
Repurchase of stock 

Net cash provided by financing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 
Interest paid: 

Year Ended December 31,   
2014 

2013 

2015 

$   (58,020) 

$   (17,037) 

$   (6,019)

  4,863  
  2,034  
  3,075  
  36  
  460  
  798  

  (6,795) 
  253  
  (1,210) 
  5  
  (612) 
  3,457  
  2,887  
  1,588  
  (47,181) 

  (6,275) 
  (1,542) 
  (103,030) 
  20,411  
  (17,767) 
    (108,203) 

  428  
  —  
  6,800  
  (6,332) 
  163,118  
  —  
  164,014  
  8,630  
  46,436  
$   55,066  
  1,995  
$

  2,320  
  1,308  
  533  
  388  
  106  
  —  

  (5,079) 
  —  
  (436) 
  (185) 
  2,099  
  (26) 
  1,971  
  2,679  
    (11,359) 

  (1,069) 
  (665) 
  —  
  —  
    (13,844) 
    (15,578) 

  747  
  50,082  
     19,700  
  —  
  —  
  (368) 
     70,161  
     43,224  
  3,212  
$    46,436  
  1,191  
$ 

  754
  504
  298
  94
  2
  —

  (928)
  (253)
  (663)
  37
  (1,099)
  329
  802
  89
  (6,053)

  (204)
  (1,090)
  —
  —
    (16,462)
    (17,756)

  595
  14,803
  3,000
  —
  —
  (71)
  18,327
  (5,482)
  8,694
$   3,212
  32
$

See accompanying notes to audited consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
             
             
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TELADOC, INC. 

Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1. Organization and Description of Business 

Teladoc, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Teladoc”, or the “Company”) was incorporated in the 

State of Texas in June 2002 and changed its state of incorporation to the State of Delaware in October 2008. The 
Company’s principal executive offices are located in Purchase, New York and Dallas, Texas. Teladoc is the nation’s 
largest telehealth company. 

On July 7, 2015, Teladoc closed on its initial public offering (the “IPO”) in which the Company issued and sold 

9,487,500 shares of common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an 
issuance price of $19.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $163.1 million after deducting underwriting 
discounts and commissions of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million. On July 7, 2015, all of 
the Company’s then-outstanding convertible preferred stock converted into an aggregate of 25.5 million shares of 
common stock and all of the Company’s redeemable common stock converted into 113,294 shares of common stock.   

The Company completed the acquisition of Consult A Doctor in 2013 (“CADR”), AmeriDoc, LLC 

(“AmeriDoc”) in 2014, Compile, Inc. d/b/a BetterHelp (“BetterHelp”) and Stat Health Services Inc. (“StatDoc”) in 2015, 
three companies engaged in telehealth activities similar to those of Teladoc. Additionally in 2015, the Company acquired 
certain assets from Gateway to Provider Access, Inc. (“Gateway”) which is engaged in the marketing, selling and 
administering the Company’s services through other third parties. Upon the effective date of each respective merger, 
each entity merged with and into Teladoc. 

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted 

accounting principles (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the results of Teladoc, a professional 
association and seven professional corporations: Teladoc Physicians, P.A., Teladoc Physicians, P.C. formed and operated 
in Alaska; Teladoc Physicians, P.C. formed and operated in California; Teladoc Physicians, P.C. formed and operated in 
Colorado; Teladoc Physicians, P.C. formed and operated in Michigan; Teladoc Physicians, P.C. formed and operated in 
New Jersey; Teladoc Physicians, P.C. formed and operated in New York; and Teladoc Physicians, P.C. formed and 
operated in North Carolina (collectively, the “Association”). 

Teladoc Physicians, P.A. is party to a Services Agreement by and among it and the seven professional 
corporations noted above pursuant to which each professional corporation provides services to Teladoc Physicians, P.A. 
Each professional corporation is established pursuant to the requirements of its respective domestic jurisdiction 
governing the corporate practice of medicine. 

The Company holds a variable interest in the Association which contracts with physicians and other health 

professionals in order to provide services to Teladoc. The Association is considered a variable interest entity (“VIE”) 
since it does not have sufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. An 
enterprise having a controlling financial interest in a VIE, must consolidate the VIE if it has both power and benefits—
that is, it has (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic 
performance (power) and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE or 
the right to receive benefits from the VIE that potentially could be significant to the VIE (benefits). The Company has 
the power and rights to control all activities of the Association and funds and absorbs all losses of the VIE.   

Total revenue and net loss for the VIE were $13.9 million and $(7.3) million, $6.5 million and $(3.9) million 

and $3.3 million and $(1.0) million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The VIE’s total 
assets were $2.4 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Total liabilities for the VIE were 

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$18.7 million and $11.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The VIE total stockholders’ deficit was 
$16.4 million and $9.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

Business Combinations 

The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of 

an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the acquisition date fair values of the assets transferred and liabilities 
assumed by the Company to the sellers and equity instruments issued. Transaction costs directly attributable to the 
acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired or assumed are measured separately at 
their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of (i) the total costs of acquisition over (ii) the fair value of the 
identifiable net assets of the acquiree is recorded as goodwill.   

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 

assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The 
Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current business factors, and various other assumptions that the 
Company believes are necessary to consider to form a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets 
and liabilities, the recorded amounts of revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The 
Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic and political factors, and changes in 
the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the 
accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements will change as new 
events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating 
environment evolves. 

Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in 

estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations; if material, the effects of changes in estimates 
are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Significant estimates and assumptions by management 
affect the allowance for doubtful accounts, the carrying value of long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible 
assets), the carrying value, capitalization and amortization of software development costs, client performance guarantees, 
the calculation of a contingent liability in connection with an earn-out, the provision for income taxes and related 
deferred tax accounts, certain accrued liabilities, revenue recognition, contingencies, litigation and related legal accruals 
and the value attributed to employee stock options and other stock-based awards. 

Segment Information 

The Company’s chief operating decision maker, its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), reviews the financial 

information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating its financial 
performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment—health services. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company offers two types of subscription access revenue contracts: (i) contracts that provide for a fixed 

monthly charge for access and unlimited visits per Member and (ii) contracts that provide for a fixed monthly charge for 
access and a contractually defined cost for each visit. Any visit fee revenue that is not included in the subscription access 
revenue is recognized when the service has been provided to the Member. 

The Company recognizes a substantial portion of its revenue from contracts that provide employers and health 

plans (“Clients”) with subscription access to the Company’s network of physicians and other healthcare professionals 
(“Providers”) on a subscription basis for a fixed monthly fee which entitles the Client’s employees and their beneficiaries 
(“Members”) to unlimited consultations (“visits”). The contracts are generally for a one-year term and have an automatic 
renewal feature for additional years. 

F-9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company commences revenue recognition for the subscription access service on the date that the services 

are made available to the Client and its Members, which is considered the implementation date, provided all of the 
following criteria are met: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

there is an executed subscription agreement; 

the Member has access to the service; 

collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and 

the amount of fees to be paid by the Client and Member is fixed and determinable. 

Subscription Access Revenue 

Subscription access revenue recognition commences on the date that the Company’s services are made available 

to the Client, which is considered the implementation date, provided all of the other criteria described above are met. 
Revenue is recognized over the term of the Client contract and is based on the terms in the Client contracts, which can 
provide for a variable periodic fee based upon the actual number of Members. 

Revenue From Visit Fees 

Revenue from visits is comprised of all revenue that is earned in connection with the completion of a visit. The 

Company recognizes revenue as the visits are completed. 

The Company’s contracts do not generally contain refund provisions for fees earned related to services 

performed. However, certain of the Company’s contracts include client performance guarantees that are based upon 
minimum Member utilization and guarantees by the Company for specific service level performance of the Company’s 
services. If client performance guarantees are not being realized, the Company deducts from revenue an estimate of the 
amount that will be due at the end of the respective client’s contractual period. The Company issued credits amounting to 
approximately $0.4 million for both of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and $0.2 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013. 

Cost of Revenue 

Cost of revenue primarily consists of fees paid to the Providers, costs incurred in connection with the 
Company’s Provider network operations, which include employee-related expenses (including salaries and benefits) as 
well as costs related to the Company’s call center and medical malpractice insurance. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less 
from the date of purchase. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents generally consist of investments in money market 
funds. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value. 

Short-Term Investments 

The Company holds short-term investments in marketable securities primarily consisting of corporate bonds, 
commercial paper and asset backed securities with maturities of less than one year. These short-term investments are 
classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recorded as a separate 
component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) in accumulated other comprehensive loss. Realized gains or losses are 
recognized in the consolidated statements of operations upon disposition of the securities. 

As of December 31, 2015, there were no short-term investments that had been in a continuous loss position for 

more than 12 months. 

F-10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay 
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Realized gains for the year ended December 31, 2015 were less 
than $0.1 million and are included in interest income (expense), net in the Company’s consolidated statements of 
operations. There were no realized losses in 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The 
allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of accounts. The Company 
regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the age of each outstanding 
invoice and the collection history of each customer to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. Accounts 
receivable deemed uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified.   

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded using the 

straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective asset as follows: 

Computer equipment 
Furniture and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

     3 years 
   5 years 
   Shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements 

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements are capitalized. When assets are 
retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting 
gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations in the period realized. 

Internal-Use Software 

Internal-use software is included in intangible assets and is amortized on a straight-line basis over 3 years. For 

the Company’s development costs related to its software development tools that enable its Members and Providers to 
interact, the Company capitalizes costs incurred during the application development stage. Costs related to minor 
upgrades, minor enhancements and maintenance activities are expensed as incurred. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets 

acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually on October 1 or 
more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. The Company’s 
impairment tests are based on a single operating segment and reporting unit structure. The goodwill impairment test 
involves a two- step process. The first step involves comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit to its 
carrying value, including goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated using a discounted cash flows 
analysis. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the test is performed by 
comparing the carrying value of the goodwill in the reporting unit to its implied fair value. An impairment charge is 
recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair value. 

The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test resulted in no impairment charges in any of the periods 

presented in the consolidated financial statements. 

Other intangible assets resulted from business acquisitions and include Client relationships, non-compete 
agreements and trademarks. Client relationships are amortized over a period of 2 to 10 years in relation to expected 
future cash flows, while non-compete agreements are amortized over a period of 3 to 5 years using the straight-line 
method. Trademarks are amortized over 3 years using the straight-line method. 

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-lived assets (property and equipment, internally developed software, and intangible assets) used in 

operations are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts 
may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss only if its 
carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss based on the 
difference between the carrying amount and fair value. In 2015 the Company impaired certain internally developed 
software as it is no longer being utilized. The impairment loss of $0.8 million is included in general and administrative 
expense in the consolidated statements of operations. There were no impairment losses in 2014 or 2013. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

Stock-based compensation is measured based on the grant- date fair value of the awards and recognized on a 

straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to perform services in exchange for the award 
(generally the vesting period of the award). The Company estimates the fair value of employee stock options using the 
Black-Scholes option-pricing model. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, under which deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are determined based on the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial reporting 
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and tax credit carry forwards and net 
operating loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected 
to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. 

The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and 

a valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts more likely than not 
expected to be realized. 

The Company recognizes and measures uncertain tax positions using a two- step approach. The first step is to 

evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it 
is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or 
litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to 
be realized upon ultimate settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company 
evaluates its uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Its evaluations are based on a number of factors, including 
changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit 
and effective settlement of audit issues. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to 
unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Comprehensive Loss 

Comprehensive loss consists of net loss and unrealized gains or losses on short-term investments. Unrealized 

gains or losses are net of any reclassification adjustments for realized gains and losses included in the consolidated 
statements of operations. 

Warranties and Indemnification 

The Company’s arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying Clients against liabilities if 

there is a breach of a Client’s data or if the Company’s service infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights. To 
date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications. 

The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any 

fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to 
which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or 
officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer or that person’s 
services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and 

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The 
Company may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of its employees under 
certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions. 

Advertising and Marketing Expenses 

Advertising and marketing include all communications and campaigns to the Company’s Clients and Members 

and related employees’ costs and are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
advertising expenses were $17.3 million, $6.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively. 

Concentrations of Risk and Significant Clients 

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 

and cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial 
institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, substantially all of the Company’s revenue was generated by Clients 

located in the United States. During the year ended 2014 and 2013, all of the Company’s revenue was generated by 
clients located in the United States. No Client represented over 10% of accounts receivable for the years ended 
December 31, 2015 and 2014 or revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Reclassifications 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 

    Seasonality 

The Company typically experiences the strongest increases in consecutive quarterly revenue during the fourth 

and first quarters of each year, which coincides with traditional annual benefit enrollment seasons. In particular, as a 
result of many Clients’ introduction of new services at the very end of a calendar year, or the start of each calendar year, 
the majority of the Company’s new Client contracts have an effective date of January 1. Additionally, as a result of 
national seasonal cold and flu trends, the Company experiences the highest level of visit fees during the first and fourth 
quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second quarter of the year has 
historically been the period of lowest utilization of the Company’s Provider network services relative to the other 
quarters of the year. 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 

(“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to achieve a consistent application of revenue 
recognition within the U.S., resulting in a single revenue model to be applied by reporting companies under GAAP. 
Under the new model, recognition of revenue occurs when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in 
an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or 
services. In addition, the revised guidance requires that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount, timing, and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The revised guidance is effective for the 
Company beginning in the quarter ending March 31, 2018; early adoption is allowed. The revised guidance is required to 
be applied retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of 
initially applying it recognized at the date of initial application. The Company is currently evaluating the transition 
method that will be elected and the potential effect of the revised guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.   

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an 

Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period, requiring that a 
performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a 
performance condition. The amendments in this guidance are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of this 
guidance on the Company’s financial disclosures and results. 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern. This 

guidance addresses management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to 
continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Management’s evaluation should be based on 
relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are 
issued. ASU 2014-15 is effective for interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is 
permitted. The Company does not expect to early adopt this guidance and is currently evaluating the impact of the 
adoption of this guidance on the Company’s financial disclosures and results. 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying 
the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be 
presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt 
discounts. The revised guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the quarter ending March 31, 2016 and is 
required to be applied retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted ASU 2015-03 which 
resulted in a $0.1 million and $0.2 million balance sheet reclassification as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations - Simplifying the Accounting for 

Measurement-Period Adjustments (Topic 805). ASU 2015-16 requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to 
provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment 
amounts are determined. ASU 2015-16 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, 
with early adoption permitted, and is to be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is currently in the process of 
evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.    

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of 

Deferred Taxes.   ASU 2015-17 simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by eliminating the separate 
classification of deferred income tax liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts in the consolidated 
balance sheet. The amendments in the update require that all deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent 
in the consolidated balance sheet. The amendments in this update are effective for annual periods beginning 
after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein and may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all 
periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted this standard in the fourth quarter of 
2015 on a retrospective basis. Prior periods have been retrospectively adjusted. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2015-
17, the Company reclassified $12,000 between current deferred tax assets and noncurrent deferred tax liabilities in the 
2014 balance sheet. 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): 
Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. ASU 2016-01 amends various aspects of 
the recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure for financial instruments. With respect to our consolidated 
financial statements, the most significant impact relates to the accounting for equity investments. It will impact the 
disclosure and presentation of financial assets and liabilities. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual reporting periods, and 
interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption by public entities is permitted 
only for certain provisions. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of this 
standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3. Fair Value Measurements 

The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value at each reporting period using a fair value 

hierarchy that requires it to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when 
measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level 
of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value: 

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active 

  markets. 

Level 2—Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace. 

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity. 

The Company measures its cash equivalents at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company classifies its cash 
equivalents within Level 1 because they are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets 
in active markets and quoted prices directly in active markets. 

The Company measures its short-term investments at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such as Level 

2. They are valued using observable inputs that reflect quoted prices directly or indirectly in active markets. The short-
term investments amortized cost approximates fair value. 

The Company measures its contingent consideration at fair value on a recurring basis and classifies such as 

Level 3. The Company estimates the fair value of contingent consideration as the present value of the expected 
contingent payments, determined using the weighted probability of the possible payments. 

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair 

value on a recurring basis using the above input categories (in thousands): 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Contingent liability (included in accrued expenses and other current 

     Level 1 
$   55,066

  $

December 31, 2015 

     Level 2 

     Level 3      

Total 

$

  —    $ 
  —   $   82,282   $ 

  — $   55,066
  —   $   82,282

liabilities and other liabilities) 

  $

  —   $

  —   $   3,408   $   3,408

Cash and cash equivalents 

Level 1 

December 31, 2014 
  Level 2    Level 3  

Total 

    $   46,436     $    —     $    —     $   46,436

There were no transfers between fair value measurement levels during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 

2014. 

The change in fair value of the Company’s contingent liability is recorded in general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balance 
of the Company’s Level 3 contingent liability:   

Fair value at date of acquisition 
Payments earned 
Change in fair value   
Fair value at December 31, 2015 

$   2,391
    (1,080)
  2,097
$   3,408

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4. Lease Abandonment Charge 

In connection with the Company’s abandonment of facilities in Dallas, Texas and Greenwich, Connecticut, the 

Company incurred $0.8 million, in lease abandonment charges during the year ended December 31, 2015, which is 
included within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. There were no lease 
abandonments in 2014 and 2013. The following table details the associated liability. The current portion of the liability 
of $0.4 million was recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and the non-current portion of the liability 
of $0.1 million was recorded in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet (in thousands): 

Balance January 1, 2015 
Charged to expense 
Paid or settled 
Balance December 31, 2015 

Note 5. Business Acquisitions 

     $

$

  —   
  740  
  (266) 
  474  

On July 31, 2015, the Company acquired certain assets from Gateway for $1.5 million, subject to post-closing 

working capital adjustments as defined in the purchase agreement. Gateway is engaged in the marketing, selling and 
administering the Company’s services through other third parties and as a result, the price in excess of the net assets 
acquired (less than $0.1 million) was allocated to client relationships. The acquisition transaction costs were less than 
$0.1 million and were recorded in general and administrative expense. The acquisition was considered an asset 
acquisition for tax purposes.   

On June 17, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of StatDoc through a merger in which StatDoc 
became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The aggregate merger consideration paid by the Company in 
connection with the acquisition was $30.1 million, which was comprised of $13.3 million of cash and $16.8 million of 
the Company’s common stock (or 1,051,033 shares), subject to post-closing working capital adjustments as defined in 
the Agreement and Plan of Merger governing the acquisition. During the quarter ended September 30, 2015, the post-
closing working capital adjustment was finalized favorably to the Company in the amount of less than $0.1 million. Fair 
value of the common stock was determined based on market data from similar healthcare enterprises. StatDoc is a 
telemedicine provider, focused on managed care, health system and self-insured clients. The acquisition was considered 
a stock acquisition for tax purposes and as such, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The 
total associated transaction costs of the acquisition were $0.3 million and were recorded in general and administrative 
expense.   

On January 23, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of BetterHelp, through a merger in which 

BetterHelp became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The merger consideration paid by the Company in 
connection with this acquisition consisted of (i) $3.3 million net of cash acquired and (ii) earn-out payments equal to a 
percentage of the annual net revenue of the BetterHelp business for four years following closing. The Company 
computed the value of these future payments from internally produced revenue projections and recorded a contingent 
liability in the amount of $2.4 million which is considered as additional purchase consideration. The Company also 
issued an unsecured, subordinated promissory note in the amount of $1.0 million, with all principal and interest at a rate 
of 5% per annum being payable on the third anniversary of the closing to the selling shareholder and another executive 
of BetterHelp. If the employment of the promissory note holders is terminated, then they forfeit their right to receive the 
promissory note. As such, the Company has determined the promissory note to be compensatory and is accruing the 
expense over the service term. In December 2015, the Company agreed to pay the full amount plus interest in January 
2016 and, as a result, accelerated the expense in 2015. BetterHelp was acquired to help the Company expand its 
operations in the direct-to-consumer behavioral health sector. The acquisition was considered a stock acquisition for tax 
purposes and as such, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is not tax deductible. The total associated transaction 
costs of the acquisition were $0.1 million and were recorded in general and administrative expense. 

On May 1, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of AmeriDoc, a company engaged in telehealth 

activities similar to Teladoc, through the purchase of 100% of AmeriDoc’s outstanding members’ interests for 
$17.2 million, net of cash acquired, including a $3.5 million promissory note and adjustments for working capital in the 
amount of $0.2 million. AmeriDoc was acquired to help the Company expand its initial investment in the local and 

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
regional insurance broker markets to reach clients that previously did not have access to the Company’s services. Upon 
the effective date of the merger, AmeriDoc merged with and into Teladoc. The acquisition was considered an asset 
acquisition for tax purposes and as such, the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is tax deductible. The total 
associated transaction costs of the acquisition were $0.2 million and were recorded in general and administrative 
expense. 

On August 29, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of CADR, a company engaged in telehealth 

activities similar to Teladoc, through the purchase of 100% of CADR’s outstanding common stock for $16.6 million, net 
of cash acquired, including adjustments for a working capital in the amount of $0.2 million, which was paid in 2014.   
CADR was acquired to help the Company expand its presence into the local and regional insurance broker markets to 
reach Clients that previously did not have access to the Company’s services. Upon the effective date of the merger, 
CADR merged with and into Teladoc. The acquisition is considered an asset acquisition for tax purposes and as such, the 
goodwill resulting from this acquisition is tax deductible. The total associated transaction costs of the acquisition were 
$0.2 million and were recorded in general and administrative expense. 

The acquisitions described above were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which 

requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the 
acquisition date. The results of the acquisitions were integrated within the Company’s existing business on the respective 
aforementioned acquisition dates. 

The following table summarizes the fair value estimates of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at each 

acquisition date. The Company, with the assistance of a third-party valuation expert, estimated the fair value of the 
acquired tangible and intangible assets. 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands): 

Purchase price 
Less: 

Cash 
Accounts receivable 
Other assets 
Client relationships 
Non-compete agreements 
Internal software 
Trademarks 
Accounts payable 
Deferred tax 
Other liabilities 

Goodwill 

     StatDoc 
    BetterHelp       AmeriDoc      CADR 
  $  29,991   $   5,749   $   17,214   $  17,187

  360  
  419  
  70  
  3,220  
  1,070  
  2,960  
  —  
  (609) 
  —  
  (701) 

  538
  558
  37
  3,810
  910
  —
  —
  (934)
    (2,705)
  —
  $  23,202   $   4,686   $   13,481   $  14,973

  57  
  458  
  18  
  2,980  
  520  
  —  
  —  
  (43) 
  —  
  (257) 

  89  
  11  
  4  
  141  
  910  
  780  
  140  
  (6) 
  (666) 
  (340) 

The amount allocated to goodwill reflects the benefits Teladoc expects to realize from the growth of the 

respective acquisitions operations. 

The Company’s unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 

below have been prepared as if AmeriDoc, BetterHelp and StatDoc had been purchased on January 1, 2014. Unaudited 
pro forma financial statement results including the results of Gateway would not differ materially from the Company’s 
historically reported financial statement results. 

(in thousands) 
Revenue 
Net loss 

Unaudited Pro Forma 
2014 
2015 

      $    79,208      $   48,924
$   (23,575)

$   (61,060)  

The unaudited pro forma financial information above is not necessarily indicative of what the Company’s 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated results actually would have been if the acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the respective 
periods. In addition, the unaudited pro forma information above does not attempt to project the Company’s future results. 

Note 6. Property and Equipment, Net 

Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in thousands): 

Computer equipment 
Furniture and equipment 
Leasehold improvement 
Construction in progress 
Total 
Accumulated depreciation 
Property and equipment, net 

As of December 31, 
2015 
2014 
  5,394    $   1,959  
  368  
  —  
  —  
  2,327  
  (1,262) 
  1,065  

  377  
  1,747  
  785   
  8,303   
  (2,044)   
  6,259   $

  $ 

  $ 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.1 million, $0.3 million 

and $0.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, construction in progress consisted primarily of costs incurred 
to establish a new hosting facility and purchased computer equipment, which was not placed into service. 

Note 7. Intangible Assets, Net 

Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands): 

  Weighted
Average 
    Accumulated     Net Carrying    Remaining 
  Useful Life

Value 

  Gross Value Amortization   

Useful 
Life 

December 31, 2015 
Client relationships 
Non-compete agreements 
Trademarks 
Internal software 
Intangible assets, net 
December 31, 2014 
Client relationships 
Non-compete agreements 
Internal software 
Intangible assets, net 

   2 to 10   years    $   11,651   $   (3,219)  $ 

3 to 5 years    
3   years   
3   years   

  8,432  
  2,050  
  96  
  4,687  
  $   20,863   $   (5,598)  $    15,265  

  (1,360) 
  (44) 
  (975) 

  3,410  
  140  
  5,662  

10   years   
3 to 5 years    
3   years   

   $   6,790   $   (1,565)  $ 

  1,430  
  1,885  

  (474) 
  (536) 

  $   10,105   $   (2,575)  $ 

  5,225  
  956  
  1,349  
  7,530  

  7.9
  2.3
  2.1
  3.8
        5.9

  8.5
  2.9
  2.8
        6.8

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $3.7 million, $2.0 million and $0.6 million for the years ended 

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2015, $0.8 million of internal 
software, net of accumulated amortization, was written-off. 

F-18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Periodic amortization that will be charged to expense over the remaining life of the intangible assets as of 

December 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands): 

Years Ending December 31,   

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Thereafter   

Note 8. Goodwill 

     $

$

  4,024
  3,660
  2,672
  1,951
  1,274
  1,684
  15,265

Goodwill consists of the following (in thousands): 

Beginning balance 
Additions associated with acquisitions 
Goodwill 

As of December 31,   
2014 
  14,786  
  13,668  
  28,454  

2015 
  28,454   $
  27,888  
  56,342   $

  $ 

  $ 

Note 9. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands): 

Professional fees 
Consulting fees/cutomer service fees/provider fees 
Legal fees 
Interest payable 
Earnout and compensation 
Lease abandonment 
Deferred revenue 
Other 
Total 

Note 10. Long Term Bank and Other Debt 

Long-term bank and other debt consist of the following (in thousands): 

SVB Mezzanine Term Loan less debt discount of $190 and $327 
SVB Term Loan Facility 
SVB Revolving Advance Facility 
Subordinated Promissory Note 
Total 
Less: current portion of SVB Term Loan Facility 
Long term bank and other debt 

As of December 31,   
2014 

2015 

  $ 

  $ 

  411   $
  869  
  1,056  
  287  
  2,449  
  433  
  831  
  1,861  
  8,197   $

  963  
  1,118  
  389  
  140  
  —  
  —  
  —  
  1,308  
  3,918  

As of December 31,   
2014 
  12,673  
  5,000  
  4,700  
  3,500  
  25,873  
  (833) 
  25,040  

2015 
  12,810   $
  4,167  
  6,500  
  3,000  
  26,477  
  (1,250) 
  25,227   $

  $ 

  $ 

Long term bank and other debt are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. 

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
In May 2014, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon 

Valley Bank (“SVB”) that provided for a Revolving Advance Facility and a Term Loan Facility (the “Amended Term 
Loan Facility”). The Revolving Advance Facility provides for borrowings up to $12.0 million based on 300% of the 
Company’s monthly recurring revenue. Borrowings under the Revolving Advance Facility were $6.5 million and 
$4.7 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Revolving Advance Facility carries interest at a rate of 
0.75% above the prime rate per annum and was to mature in April 2016. The Company entered into an amendment to the 
Revolving Advance Facility in March 2015 that extended its maturity to April 2017. Interest payments are payable 
monthly in arrears. In May 2015, the Company increased the borrowings to $11.5 million. On July 15, 2015, the 
Company reduced its indebtedness under the Revolving Advance Facility with a $5.0 million principal repayment. 

The Amended Term Loan Facility provides for borrowings up to $5.0 million. As of December 31, 2015 and 

2014, the Company had utilized the total $5.0 million available under this Amended Term Loan Facility. The Amended 
Term Loan Facility carries interest at a rate of 1.00% above the prime rate per annum. Interest payments are payable 
monthly in arrears. Payments on the Amended Term Loan Facility commenced in May 2015 and continue with 47 equal 
monthly payments of principal plus interest. 

In May 2014, the Company entered into a Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB that provided 
for a Mezzanine Term Loan totaling $13.0 million. The total $13.0 million drawdown of the Mezzanine Term Loan was 
completed in September 2014. The Mezzanine Term Loan carries interest at a rate of 10.00% per annum and matures in 
May 2017. Interest payments are payable monthly in arrears. In connection with entry into the Mezzanine Term Loan, 
the Company granted two affiliates of SVB warrants to purchase an aggregate of 131,239 shares of common stock of the 
Company at an exercise price of $2.95 per share. The warrants were immediately exercisable and had a 10-year term. 
See Note 14, “Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)”, for more information. The Company also granted 
SVB a security interest in significantly all of the Company’s assets. The Mezzanine Term Loan has been used to fund the 
expansion of the Company’s business. The Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with SVB and the 
Subordinated Loan and Security Agreement are collectively referred to as the “SVB Facilities.” 

The Company incurred approximately $0.3 million of loan origination costs in connection with the SVB 
facilities and amortized approximately $0.1 million of these costs during both years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

Effective with the purchase of AmeriDoc, the Company executed a Subordinated Promissory Note in the 

amount of $3.5 million payable to the seller of AmeriDoc on April 30, 2015. The Subordinated Promissory Note carries 
interest at a rate of 10.00% annual interest and is subordinated to the SVB Facilities. In March 2015, the Company, the 
seller of AmeriDoc and SVB executed an Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note that extended the 
maturity of the Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note to April 30, 2017. In November 2015, the 
Company executed the Second Amended and Restated Subordinated Promissory Note with a revised annual interest rate 
of 7.00% commencing on January 1, 2016 and extended the maturity of the Promissory Note to April 30, 2018 with a 
seller put option at April 30, 2017. The Company repaid $0.5 million of principal on this Second Amended and Restated 
Subordinated Promissory Note during 2015. 

Payments due are as follows (in thousands): 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 and thereafter 

Total 

Total 

  1,250  
  23,750  
  1,250  
  417  
  —  
  26,667  

  $

  $

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11. Related Party Transaction 

In May 2013, the Company issued a loan to an officer of the Company in the amount of $0.3 million. This was 
a non-cash transaction, whereby the loan proceeds were used to exercise options to purchase 312,474 shares of common 
stock options of the Company at an exercise price of $0.80 per share. The loan carries interest at the rate of 2% per 
annum and is due and payable upon the earlier of (i) May 13, 2017 and (ii) the occurrence of a “Change of Control” as 
defined in the promissory note evidencing the loan. The officer was required to make monthly interest payments. At 
December 31, 2014, the balance of the loan was $0.3 million. The loan was repaid in full to the Company in February 
2015. 

Note 12. Leases and Contractual Obligations 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases in the United States. As of 

December 31, 2015, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in 
thousands): 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 and thereafter 

      Operating 

Leases 

  $ 

  $ 

  1,682  
  1,221  
  1,069  
  898  
  934  
  4,538  
  10,342  

All of the total future minimum lease payments relate to facilities space. The facility lease agreements generally 

provide for rental payments on a graduated basis and for options to renew, which could increase future minimum lease 
payments if exercised. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and has 
accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid. Deferred rent represents the difference between actual operating lease 
payments due and straight-line rent expense. The excess is recorded as a deferred rent liability in the early periods of the 
lease, when cash payments are generally lower than straight-line rent expense, and are reduced in the later periods of the 
lease when payments begin to exceed the straight-line expense. The Company also accounts for leasehold improvement 
incentives within its deferred rent liability. For abandoned facilities, the above contractual obligation schedule does not 
reflect any realized or potential subleases. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was 
$1.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively. 

Letter of Credit 

In November 2014, the Company arranged for SVB to issue a letter of credit on its behalf in the amount of 

$0.3 million in lieu of a cash deposit in connection with the Company’s Purchase, NY office lease. The letter of credit 
has been extended to November 2016. 

In connection with the Company lease agreement for office space near Dallas, Texas in February 2015, the 

Company arranged for SVB issued a letter of credit on its behalf in the amount of $1.0 million in lieu of a cash deposit. 
The letter of credit has been extended to February 2017. 

Note 13. Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) 

On July 7, 2015, all of the Company's then-outstanding convertible preferred stock converted into an aggregate 

of 25.5 million shares of common stock. 

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Preferred Stock consists of the following: 

December 31, 2014 
Series A 
Series A-1 
Series B 
Series C-1 
Series D 
Series E 
Series F 

     Common 
  Shares Upon 
  Conversion 

Shares 

Shares 

  Authorized 

  Outstanding 

  418,634   
  53,957   
  263,839   

Liquidation 
Preference 
  5,232,925
  418,634   
  918,955
  53,957   
  5,768,378
  263,839   
  15,253,579
     18,287,483      18,267,759   
  18,600,005
     12,339,204      12,339,204   
  15,000,005
  6,227,169   
     12,889,000      12,882,377   
  57,139,783
     50,479,286      50,452,939      25,450,440   $   117,913,630

  1,628,498   $ 
  282,689  
  1,790,050  
  7,991,496  
  5,397,962  
  2,724,165  
  5,635,580  

  6,227,169   

As of December 31, 2014, the significant terms applicable to the Series A through Series F Preferred Stock 

were as follows: 

Dividend Rights 

Prior to the issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series A—E Preferred Stock accrued cumulative 

dividends at the per annum rate of 7.5% of the respective original purchase price (as previously adjusted for a reverse 
stock split and, with respect to the Series A, A-1 and B Preferred Stock, anti-dilution protection) for each such series of 
Preferred Stock. Such dividends were payable when, as and if declared by the Company’s board of directors, but prior 
and in preference to any dividend on the common stock of the Company. In connection with the issuance of the Series F 
Preferred Stock, all such accrued and accumulated dividends (which totaled approximately $13.8 million at August 31, 
2014) were converted into Series F Preferred Stock at a rate of $0.50 of Series F Preferred Stock per $1.00 in accrued 
dividends, resulting in the issuance of approximately 1,554,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock on September 10, 
2014. There are no longer any accrued or unpaid dividends, or any outstanding Preferred Stock, and no such dividends 
are required to accrue or be declared by the Company. 

Conversion Rights 

Each share of Preferred Stock was convertible, at any time and at the option of the holder of such share, into 

shares of the common stock of the Company, at the following ratios (subject to adjustment as described below): 

Series of Preferred Stock 
Series F 
Series E 
Series D 
Series C-1 
Series B 
Series A-1 
Series A 

      Number of Shares of 
  Common Stock Issued   
  for each Preferred Share 
Upon Conversion 
  (= Original Issue Price/  
Conversion Price) 

  0.4375
  0.4375
  0.4375
  0.4375
  6.7846
  5.2391
  3.8900

  Conversion 
Price 

  Original 
  Issue Price  
  $   4.4355   $   10.1391   
  $   2.4088   $   5.5063   
  $   1.5074   $   3.4458   
  1.909   
  $   0.835   $
  1.909   
  $   12.95   $
  1.909   
  $   10.00   $
  1.909   
  $   7.425   $

The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-

converted basis, including holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock) approved 
the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock into common stock of the Company upon the closing of an IPO of the 
common stock of the Company at a per share price of at least $12.00 (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) 
that results in aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $75.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and 
commissions). 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subject to limited exceptions, the conversion price for each series of the Preferred Stock was subject to an 

adjustment to reduce dilution in the event that the Company issued additional equity securities at a purchase price less 
than the applicable conversion price for such series of the Preferred Stock. 

Liquidation Rights 

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of 

the Company available for distribution will be distributed to the Company’s stockholders in the following order of 
priority: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

First, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock will receive an amount per share equal to the sum of 
(i) the original issue price for the Series F Preferred Stock ($4.4355), plus (ii) any declared but unpaid 
dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Liquidation Amount”). 

Second, the holders of Series E, D and C-1 Preferred Stock (pari passu) will receive an amount per 
share equal to the sum of (i) the original issue price for the Series E Preferred Stock ($2.4088), 
Series D Preferred Stock ($1.507391) or Series C-1 Preferred Stock ($0.835), as applicable, plus 
(ii) any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or 
Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable (the “Series E Liquidation Amount,” the “Series D 
Liquidation Amount,” and the “Series C-1 Liquidation Amount,” respectively). 

Third, the holders Series B Preferred Stock will receive an amount per share equal to the sum of 
(i) 1.23 times the original issue price (adjusted for a prior reverse stock split and anti-dilution 
protection) for the Series B Preferred Stock ($17.775), plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends on 
the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Liquidation Amount”). 

Fourth, the holders of Series A and A-1 Preferred Stock (pari passu) will receive an amount per share 
equal to the greater of (x) the sum of (i) 1.25 times the original issue price (adjusted for a prior reverse 
stock split and anti-dilution protection) for the Series A Preferred Stock ($10.00) or Series A-1 
Preferred Stock ($13.625), as applicable, plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A 
Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, and (y) the aggregate amount that would 
have been payable in respect of number of common stock issued upon conversion of Series A and 
Series A-1 immediately prior to liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the “Series A 
Liquidation Amount” and the “Series A-1 Liquidation Amount,” respectively). 

Following the payment in full of the amounts described above, the remaining assets of the Company 
will be distributed to the holders of Series F, E, D, C-1 and B Preferred Stock and common stock of the 
Company (but not Series A or A-1 Preferred Stock) pro rata based on the number of such shares held 
by each stockholder on an as-converted to common stock basis (as applicable, the “Participation 
Amount”). Notwithstanding the above: 

a. 

b. 

If the aggregate of the Series F Liquidation Amount and the Participation Amount payable 
with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock exceeds the sum of (i) 1.5 times the original issue 
price for the Series F Preferred Stock ($4.4355), plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends 
thereon (collectively, the “Maximum Series F Liquidation Amount”), then holders of Series F 
Preferred Stock will instead receive the greater of (x) the Maximum Series F Liquidation 
Amount, or (y) the amount that such holders would receive if all shares of Series F Preferred 
Stock had been converted into common stock of the Company immediately prior to the 
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. 

If the aggregate of the Series E Liquidation Amount and the Participation Amount payable 
with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock exceeds the sum of (i) 3 times the original issue 
price for the Series E Preferred Stock ($2.4088), plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends 
thereon (collectively, the “Maximum Series E Liquidation Amount”), then holders of Series E 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred Stock will instead receive the greater of (x) the Maximum Series E Liquidation 
Amount, or (y) the amount that such holders would receive if all shares of Series E Preferred 
Stock had been converted into common stock of the Company immediately prior to the 
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. 

Subject to limited exceptions, unless waived by holders of at least (i) a majority of the outstanding shares of 

Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis), and (ii) a majority of the 
outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, a merger, combination, consolidation, or sale of voting control of the Company or 
sale or transfer of substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each case in which the Company’s stockholders do 
not own a majority of the voting shares of the surviving or acquiring corporation, will be deemed to be a liquidation 
event. If such deemed liquidation event is structured as a merger, combination, consolidation or sale of voting control, 
the proceeds of such transaction must be distributed to the stockholders in the order described above. If, alternatively, the 
deemed liquidation event is structured as a sale of assets, and the Company does not dissolve within 90 days after such 
deemed liquidation event, the holders of Preferred Stock may elect (pursuant to a procedure and in an order of priority 
similar to that described under “Redemption” below) to have their shares redeemed by the Company in exchange 
applicable Liquidation Amount described above. 

Protective Provisions 

Subject to limited exceptions and certain additional restrictions, so long as at least three million shares of 

Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Company may not do any of the following without the consent of holders of a 
majority of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis): 

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

e. 

f. 

g. 

h. 

i. 

j. 

k. 

l. 

increase the authorized number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock or common stock of the 
Company; 

issue or obligate itself to issue shares of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same 
ranks junior to the existing Preferred Stock; 

effect any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the consummation of a merger, 
combination, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company with or into any third party, the 
transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a third party, or any other change of 
control or recapitalization; 

subject to limited exceptions, purchase or redeem any shares of capital stock of the Company; 

amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; 

sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ material assets, other than (A) in 
the ordinary course of business or (B) to wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company or its subsidiaries; 

liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Company; 

pay or declare any dividend other than as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; 

increase the number of shares of common stock or stock options of the Company authorized to be 
issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries; 

change the size of the Company’s board of directors; 

alter the rights or preferences of the Preferred Stock; 

issue any shares of Preferred Stock; 

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
m. 

subject to limited exceptions, issue any shares of common stock of the Company other than issuances 
approved by the Company’s board of directors (including the approval of the director appointed by the 
holders of Series D Preferred Stock and the director appointed by the holders of Series F Preferred 
Stock). 

Additionally, for so long as at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the number of shares of any series of Preferred 

Stock remain issued and outstanding, the Company may not (i) take any action that materially and adversely alters the 
rights of such series of the Preferred Stock unless substantially similar action is taken with respect to all of the other 
series of the Preferred Stock or (ii) create any additional class or series of capital stock which ranks senior or pari passu 
to such series of the Preferred Stock, in each such case without the consent of the holders of a majority (which majority 
must, in certain cases, include the consent of certain named institutional investors) of the outstanding shares of the 
respective, affected series of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class. 

Redemption 

On and after September 1, 2019, the holders of shares Preferred Stock may require that such shares be redeemed 

by the Company out of lawfully available funds, as follows: 

1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

First, the holders of at least a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) may 
require that all shares of Series F Preferred Stock be redeemed at a price equal to the sum of (i) the 
original issue price for the Series F Preferred Stock ($4.4355), plus (ii) any declared or accrued but 
unpaid dividends thereon. 

Second, and provided that all shares of Series F Preferred Stock have been redeemed by the Company, 
the Company’s Series E, D and C-1 Preferred Stock (acting pari passu but as separate classes), may be 
redeemed as follows: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

The holders of at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) 
may require that all shares of Series E Preferred Stock be redeemed at a price equal to the sum 
of (i) the original issue price for the Series E Preferred Stock ($2.4088), plus (ii) any declared 
or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. 

The holders of at least a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) 
may require that all shares of Series D Preferred Stock be redeemed at a price equal to the 
sum of (i) the original issue price for the Series D Preferred Stock ($1.5074), plus (ii) any 
declared or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. 

The holders of at least a majority of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) 
may require that all shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock be redeemed at a price equal to the 
sum of (i) the original issue price for the Series C-1 Preferred Stock ($0.835), plus (ii) any 
declared or accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. 

Third, and provided that all shares of Series F, D, E and C-1 Preferred Stock have been redeemed, the 
holders of a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock may require that all shares of Series B Preferred 
Stock be redeemed at a price equal to (i) 1.23 times the original issue price (adjusted for a prior reverse 
stock split and anti-dilution protection) for the Series B Preferred Stock ($17.775), plus (ii) any 
declared but unpaid dividends thereon. 
Fourth, and provided that all shares of Series F, D, E, C-1 and B Preferred Stock (as well as certain 
shares of Common Stock held by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock) have been redeemed, the 
holders of a majority of the Series A and A-1 Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class) may 
require that all shares of Series A and A-1 Preferred Stock be redeemed at a price equal to the sum of 
(i) 1.25 times the original issue price (adjusted for a prior reverse stock split and anti-dilution 
protection) for the Series A Preferred Stock ($10.00) or Series A-1 Preferred Stock ($13.625), as 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
applicable, plus (ii) any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 
Preferred Stock, as applicable. 

At December 31, 2014 all shares of the Preferred Stock have been presented outside of permanent stockholders’ 

deficit, because there were redemption events outside of the Company’s control. 

Note 14. Common Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) 

Capitalization 

On July 7, 2015, Teladoc completed its IPO in which the Company issued and sold 9,487,500 shares of 

common stock, including the exercise of an underwriter option to purchase additional shares, at an issuance price of 
$19.00 per share. The Company received net proceeds of $163.1 million after deducting underwriting discounts and 
commissions of $12.6 million as well as other offering expenses of $4.5 million.     

On June 17, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Amendment to the Company’s Certificate of 

Incorporation to effect a one-for-2.2859 reverse stock split of all outstanding shares of common stock with the Secretary 
of State of the State of Delaware. The Certificate of Amendment provides that every 2.2859 shares of the Company’s 
issued and outstanding common stock automatically combine into one issued and outstanding share of the Company’s 
common stock. The Certificate of Amendment did not change the par value of the Company’s common stock and 
preferred stock. All shares and per share amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have 
been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the reverse stock split. In addition, the Certificate of Amendment increased 
the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock to 75,000,000 shares and the number of authorized 
shares of the Company’s preferred stock to 50,479,286 shares. Additionally, the holders of a majority of the outstanding 
shares of the Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis, including holders of at least a majority of 
the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock) approved the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock into 
common stock of the Company upon the closing of an IPO of the common stock of the Company at a per share price of 
at least $12.00 (prior to underwriting discounts and commissions) that results in aggregate proceeds to the Company of at 
least $75.0 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). On July 7, 2015, all of the Company’s then-
outstanding convertible preferred stock converted into an aggregate of 25.5 million shares of common stock and all of 
the Company’s redeemable common stock converted into 113,294 shares of common stock. 

Redeemable Common Stock 

The holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock have agreed that, following the redemption of all the 
Preferred Stock, the total 59,048 shares of Series A Common Stock will be subject to a redemption price equal to the 
greater of (i) the sum of (A) 2.25 times 2.2859 times the Series A Investors Common Stock price, plus (B) any dividends 
declared but unpaid thereon and (ii) the Series A Investors Common Stock appraised value. 

The holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock have agreed that, following the redemption of all the 
Preferred Stock, the total 54,246 shares of Series B Common Stock will be subject to a redemption price equal to the 
greater of (1) the sum of (A) 2.25 times 2.2859 times the Series B Investors Common Stock price, plus (B) any dividends 
declared but unpaid thereon and (ii) the Series B Investors Common Stock appraised value. The Company had recorded 
the Series B Common Stock $2.1 million redemption value and the Series A Common Stock $0.8 million value together 
in mezzanine equity as of December 31, 2014. 

The Company had recorded the Series B Common Stock $2.1 million redemption value and the Series A 

Common Stock $0.8 million redemption value together in mezzanine equity as of December 31, 2014. 

On July 7, 2015, all of the Company's redeemable common stock converted into 113,294 shares of common 

stock. 

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrants 

On May 2, 2014, the Company issued 131,239 common stock warrants to purchase an aggregate of 131,239 

shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $2.95 per share to two entities affiliated with SVB. The common stock 
warrants were immediately exercisable upon issuance and have a 10-year term. The fair value of the common stock 
warrants on the date of issue was approximately $0.2 million which was recorded as an increase to additional paid in 
capital and as a debt discount. 

On July 24, 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 59,281 shares of common stock from the cashless 

exercise of 65,620 warrants at an exercise price of $2.95 per share for one of the affiliates.   

On December 22, 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 54,830 shares of common stock from the cashless 

exercise of 65,619 warrants at an exercise price of $2.95 per share for one of the affiliates. The Company had no 
warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015. 

Stock Plan and Stock Options 

The Company’s 2015 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the issuance of incentive and nonstatutory 

options and other equity-based awards to its employees and non-employees. Options issued under the Plan are 
exercisable for periods not to exceed ten years, and vest and contain such other terms and conditions as specified in the 
applicable award document. Prior to becoming a public enterprise, pursuant to the Company’s Second Amended and 
Restated Stock Incentive Plan which is now retired, the Company historically issued incentive and non-statutory stock 
options with exercise prices equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, as determined 
by the Company’s board of directors informed by third-party valuations. Subsequent to becoming a public enterprise, 
only options to buy common stock have been issed under the Plan, with exercise prices equal to the closing price of 
shares of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the trading day immediately preceding the 
date of award. 

Activity under the Plan is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts and years): 

      Weighted-      

Balance at January 1, 2013 

Increase in Plan authorized shares 
Stock option grants 
Stock options exercised 
Stock options cancelled 
Balance at December 31, 2013 

Increase in Plan authorized shares 
Stock option grants 
Stock options exercised 
Stock options cancelled 
Balance at December 31, 2014 

Increase in Plan authorized shares 
Stock option grants 
Stock options exercised 
Stock options cancelled 
Stock options expired 

Balance at December 31, 2015 
Vested or expected to vest December 31, 2015 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2015 

  Weighted-    Average 
  Average 
  Exercise 
Price 

  Remaining   Aggregate  
Intrinsic   
  Contractual
Value 
  Life in Years  

  Number of 

Shares 
Available 
for Grant 
  331,478  
  1,099,200  
  (736,398) 
  —  
  —  
  694,280  
  1,621,795  
    (1,574,104) 
  —  
  —  

Shares 
  Outstanding  
  2,147,391   $   1.12  
  —  
  —   $
  736,398   $   1.07  
  (737,597)  $   0.80  
  (31,123)  $   1.01  
  2,115,069   $   1.14  
  —  
  —   $
  1,574,104   $   5.53  
  (786,074)  $   0.96  
  (27,993)  $   1.60  
  741,971      2,875,106   $   3.73   
  —   
  —   
  —   
  —   
  —   
  1,986,390      3,853,479   $   7.62   
     3,609,059   $   7.47   
     1,087,238   $   2.84   

  —   $
     (1,522,581)     1,522,581   $
  (270,545)  $
  (240,064)  $
  (33,599)  $

  —   
  240,064   
  33,599   

  2,493,337   

  7.91   $   1,425
  $
  $
  $
  $
  8.28   $   4,058
  $
  $
  $
  $
  8.38   $   6,758
  —
  —
  —
  —
  —
  8.54   $  41,894
  8.51   $  39,715
  7.43   $  16,440

  —   $
  —   $
  —   $
  —   $
  —   $

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
The total grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 

2013 was $10.8 million, $4.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

All stock-based awards to employees are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and are 

generally recognized in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations over the period during which the employee 
is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally requiring a four-year vesting period for each award). 
The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. 
Compensation cost is generally recognized over the vesting period of the applicable award using the straight-line 
method. 

Given the absence of a public trading market prior to July 2015, the Company’s board of directors considered 

numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of its common stock at each grant date. These 
factors included, but were not limited to, (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by unrelated 
third-party specialists; (ii) the prices for the Preferred Stock sold to outside investors; (iii) the rights, preferences and 
privileges of the Preferred Stock relative to the common stock; (iv) the lack of marketability of the common stock; 
(v) developments in the business; and (vi) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or a merger or 
acquisition of the Company, given prevailing market conditions. 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model were determined as follows: 

Volatility.    Since the Company does not have a trading history prior to July 2015 for its common stock, the 
expected volatility was derived from the historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within its 
industry that it considers to be comparable to its business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock 
option grants. 

Risk-Free Interest Rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with 

remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options. 

Expected Term.    The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be 

outstanding. When establishing the expected term assumption, the Company used the “simplified” method because the 
Company does not have adequate historical data. 

Dividend Yield.    The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash 

dividends in the foreseeable future, and therefore, it used an expected dividend yield of zero. 

Forfeiture rate.    The Company uses historical data to estimate pre- vesting option forfeitures and record 

stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. 

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing 

model with the following assumptions and fair value per share: 

2015 

Year Ended December 31,   
2014 

   45.4% – 51.0% 53.3% – 53.7% 

6.9 

7 

   1.85% - 2.06% 1.92% - 2.30%  

– 
7.09 

– 
5.53 

$

  $

2013 
 51.0% – 53.4%
7 
 1.15% - 2.21%
– 
1.07 

  $ 

Volatility 
Expected life (in years) 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 
Weighted-average fair value of underlying common stock 

F-28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Total compensation costs charged as an expense for stock-based awards, including stock options, recognized in 

the components of operating expenses are as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended  
December 31,   
      2014 

2013 

2015 

Administrative and marketing 
Sales 
Technology and development 
General and administrative 
Total stock-based compensation expense 

  $

  83   $ 
  422  
  337  
    2,233  

  23   $   11  
  14  
  12  
  261  
  $   3,075   $   533   $   298  

    75  
    39  
   396  

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $11.2 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to 
non-vested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.2 years. 

Note 15. Income Taxes 

The components of loss from continuing operations before income taxes were generated substantially in the 

United States as follows (in thousands): 

United States 

Year Ended 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

  $  (57,984)  $   (16,649)  $  (5,925)

As a result of the Company’s history of net operating losses and full valuation allowance against its deferred tax 

assets, only the timing differences attributable to the treatment of the amortization of tax deductible goodwill generated 
the income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. In addition for the year ended 
December 31, 2015 the income tax provision was partially offset by an income tax benefit that was realized as a result of 
acquisition activity. 

Reconciliations of the statutory federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate consist of the 

following (in thousands): 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

  $  (19,715)  $   (5,661)  $  (2,014)
  (326)
  116
  41
  2,277
  94

  (916) 
  210  
  87  
     6,668  

  (3,189) 
  688  
  158  
  22,094  

  388   $

  36   $ 

  $

Tax at federal statutory rate 
State and local tax 
Non-deductible stock compensation 
Non-deductible expenses 
Change in valuation allowance 
Income tax provision 

F-29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands): 

As of 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities): 

Net operating loss carryforwards 
Accrued expenses 
Stock-based compensation 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Depreciation of property and equipment 
Valuation allowance 
Other 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) 

  $    47,053   $   21,381  
  705  
  198  
  (87) 
  (321) 
    (22,358) 
  —  
  (482) 

  926  
  451  
  (3,072) 
  (152) 
     (46,477) 
  86  
  (1,185)  $

  $ 

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance for its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015 and 

2014, due to the uncertainty surrounding the future realization of such assets. Therefore, no benefit has been recognized 
for the net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. 

The valuation allowance increased by $24.1 million, $6.7 million and $2.3 million during the years ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the valuation allowance 
included an increase of approximately $2.0 million associated with acquisition activity. 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $120.0 million of federal and state net operating 

loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income. If not utilized, the federal net operating loss carryforwards 
begin to expire in 2024. The deferred tax asset related to its net operating losses include no excess tax benefit of stock 
option exercises, which, when realized, will be recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital. 

The Company’s ability to utilize the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the future may be subject 

to substantial restrictions in the event of past or future ownership changes as defined in Section 382 of the U.S. Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”). In the event the Company should experience an 
ownership change, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, utilization of its net operating loss carryforwards and tax 
credits could be limited. 

The Company has previously recorded an uncertain tax position of $2.3 million during the year ended 

December 31, 2013. There were no additional uncertain tax positions recorded in 2015 and 2014. The Company has 
recognized $0.1 million of interest expense in both of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 related to unrealized 
tax benefits. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had a liability for the payment of interest and penalties of 
approximately $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to unrecognized tax benefits. 

The Company does not anticipate that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase 

or decrease in the next 12 months. 

The Company’s tax jurisdiction is the United States. The Company’s 2012 through 2015 tax years are open to 

examination by U.S. federal and state tax authorities. 

Note 16. Net Loss per Share 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of 

common stock of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to 
all potential shares of common stock of the Company, including the Preferred Stock and outstanding stock options and 
warrants, to the extent dilutive. Basic and diluted net loss per share was the same for each period presented as the 
inclusion of all potential shares of common stock of the Company outstanding would have been anti-dilutive. 

F-30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the Company’s common 

stock (in thousands, except per share data): 

Year Ended  
December 31,   
2014 

2013 

2015 

Net loss 
Preferred stock dividends 
Accretion of preferred stock 
Net loss   
Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share 
Net loss per share, basic and diluted 

  —  
  —  

  $  (58,020)  $   (17,037)  $  (6,019)
    (3,624)
  (197)
  $  (58,020)  $   (20,125)  $  (9,840)
  1,222
  1,963  
  (2.91)  $    (10.25)  $   (8.05)

  (2,920) 
  (168) 

  19,917  

  $

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share 

The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-

converted basis, including holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock) approved 
the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock into common stock of the Company upon the closing of the IPO. 
Accordingly on July 7, 2015, all of the Company’s then outstanding preferred stock converted into common stock. 

Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share were computed to give effect to the IPO in which the 

Company issued and sold 9,487,500 shares of common stock and the conversion of the Preferred Stock into common 
stock of the Company using the if-converted method as though the conversion and reclassification had occurred as of the 
beginning of the first period presented or the original date of issuance, if later. 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net loss per share (in 

thousands, except net loss per share data): 

Net loss   
Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share 
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share - weighted average shares 
Basic net loss per share - weighted average shares 
IPO 
Preferred conversion 
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share - weighted average shares 

Note 17. 401(k) Plan 

$ 
$ 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2015 

  (58,020) 
  (1.53) 
  37,817  
  19,917  
  4,861  
  13,039  
  37,817  

The Company has established a 401(k) plan that qualifies as a deferred compensation arrangement under 

Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. All employees over the age of 21 are eligible to participate in the plan. The 
Company contributes 100% of an employee’s elective deferral up to 4% of eligible earnings up to a maximum of 
$0.3 million. The Company made matching contributions to participants’ accounts totaling $0.7 million, $0.4 million and 
$0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Note 18. Legal Matters 

The Company may become subject to legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of 

its business. At December 31, 2015, the Company was party to the following legal proceedings: 

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Teladoc is plaintiff in two lawsuits in the Texas courts against the Texas Medical Board (the ‘‘TMB’’). In the 
first suit, Teladoc v. TMB and Leshikar, on December 31, 2014, the Austin Court of Appeals granted Teladoc’s request 
for summary judgment, invalidating the TMB’s prior assertion that Teladoc’s doctors do not form ‘‘proper professional 
relationships’’ with Teladoc’s members in the course of telehealth consultations such as would support the prescription 
of medications. The TMB has filed a petition for review with the Texas Supreme Court to ask that Court if it will allow 
the TMB to appeal the Court of Appeals’s decision. This petition is pending. In the second suit, Teladoc et al. v. TMB et 
al., the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, held a hearing on May 22, 2015 
on Teladoc’s motion for preliminary injunction of the rule amendments the TMB adopted on April 10, 2015 that seek to 
effect substantively identical restrictions as at issue in the prior lawsuit in state court. On May 29, 2015, the court granted 
Teladoc’s request for a preliminary injunction of the rule amendments, pending ultimate trial on the amendments’ 
validity. On July 30, 2015, the TMB filed a motion to dismiss the suit, and the federal court denied this motion on 
December 14, 2015. On January 8, 2016, the TMB provided notice of its intent to appeal the federal court’s denial of its 
motion to dismiss to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, which appeal has not yet been filed. On January 14, 
2016, the federal court granted the parties’ joint motion to stay the trial case pending the aforementioned appeal. 
Accordingly, no trial date has been set.   

Business in the State of Texas accounted for approximately $12.6 million, or 16%, $10.0 million, or 23% and 

$2.3 million or 12% of Teladoc’s consolidated revenue during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. If the TMB’s proposed rule amendments go into effect as written and Teladoc is unable to adapt its 
business model in compliance with the revised rules, its ability to operate its business in the State of Texas could be 
materially adversely affected, which would have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

On June 8, 2015, American Well Corporation filed a complaint against Teladoc in the United States District 

Court for the District of Massachusetts alleging that certain of its operating platform’s technology infringes one of 
American Well’s patents, which patent Teladoc is seeking to invalidate pursuant to a petition for inter partes review that 
Teladoc filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office’s Patent Trial and Appeals Board in March 2015. On 
November 11, 2015, Teladoc filed a motion to dismiss American Well’s complaint. This motion is pending before the 
court. Teladoc has investigated the claims alleged in American Well’s complaint and believes that it has good defenses 
to the claims. However, were Teladoc ultimately not to prevail in the lawsuit, its results of operations could be affected.   

Other than as stated the Company is not a party to any material legal proceeding, and it is not aware of any 
pending or threatened litigation that would have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, cash 
flows or financial condition should such litigation be resolved unfavorably. 

F-32 

 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION

STOCK LISTING
Teladoc’s common stock is traded on the New York 
Stock Exchange. Teladoc’s ticker symbol is TDOC.

TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC 
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, New York 11219
www.amstock.com 
(718) 921-8124

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Bob East 
Westwicke Partners 
teladoc@westwicke.com  
(443) 213-0500

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ernst & Young LLP
5 Times Square
New York, NY 10036

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
2 Manhattanville Road
Purchase, New York 10577
(203) 635-2002

DIRECTORS
David B. Snow, Jr (Chairman)

Martin R. Felsenthal

William H. Frist, M.D.

Michael Goldstein

Jason Gorevic

Thomas Mawhinney

Thomas G. McKinley

Dana G. Mead, Jr.

Arneek Multani

James Outland

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Jason Gorevic
President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark Hirschhorn
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Adam C. Vandervoort
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Michael King
Chief Sales Officer

CORPORATE WEBSITE
www.teladoc.com 

Gabriel R. Cappucci
Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief 
Accounting Officer

The nation’s first and 
largest telehealth platform

1M

92%

3,100

VISIT 
MILESTONE

VISIT
RESOLUTION

PROVIDERS

6,000+

600

95%

CLIENTS

EMPLOYEES

MEMBER 
SATISFACTION

78%

REVENUE 
GROWTH

$388M

CLIENT 
SAVINGS

5:1

ROI

W W W.TE L A D O C .CO M